;


Sūkta 3.1 

sómasya mā tavásaṃ vákṣyagne váhniṃ cakartʰa vidátʰe yájadʰyai |
devā́m̐ ácʰā dī́dyadyuñjé ádriṃ śamāyé agne tanvàṃ juṣasva || 1||











prā́ñcaṃ yajñáṃ cakṛma várdʰatāṃ gī́ḥ samídbʰiragníṃ námasā duvasyan |
diváḥ śaśāsurvidátʰā kavīnā́ṃ gṛ́tsāya cittaváse gātúmīṣuḥ || 2||











máyo dadʰe médʰiraḥ pūtádakṣo diváḥ subándʰurjanúṣā pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
ávindannu darśatámapsvàntárdevā́so agnímapási svásṝṇām || 3||











ávardʰayansubʰágaṃ saptá yahvī́ḥ śvetáṃ jajñānámaruṣáṃ mahitvā́ |
śíśuṃ ná jātámabʰyā̀ruráśvā devā́so agníṃ jánimanvapuṣyan || 4||











śukrébʰiráṅgai rája ātatanvā́nkrátuṃ punānáḥ kavíbʰiḥ pavítraiḥ |
śocírvásānaḥ páryā́yurapā́ṃ śríyo mimīte bṛhatī́ránūnāḥ || 5||











vavrā́jā sīmánadatīrádabdʰā divó yahvī́rávasānā ánagnāḥ |
sánā átra yuvatáyaḥ sáyonīrékaṃ gárbʰaṃ dadʰire saptá vā́ṇīḥ || 6||











stīrṇā́ asya saṃháto viśvárūpā gʰṛtásya yónau sravátʰe mádʰūnām |
ástʰurátra dʰenávaḥ pínvamānā mahī́ dasmásya mātárā samīcī́ || 7||











babʰrāṇáḥ sūno sahaso vyàdyauddádʰānaḥ śukrā́ rabʰasā́ vápūṃṣi |
ścótanti dʰā́rā mádʰuno gʰṛtásya vṛ́ṣā yátra vāvṛdʰé kā́vyena || 8||











pitúścidū́dʰarjanúṣā viveda vyàsya dʰā́rā asṛjadví dʰénāḥ |
gúhā cárantaṃ sákʰibʰiḥ śivébʰirdivó yahvī́bʰirná gúhā babʰūva || 9||











pitúśca gárbʰaṃ janitúśca babʰre pūrvī́réko adʰayatpī́pyānāḥ |
vṛ́ṣṇe sapátnī śúcaye sábandʰū ubʰé asmai manuṣyè ní pāhi || 10||











uraú mahā́m̐ anibādʰé vavardʰā́po agníṃ yaśásaḥ sáṃ hí pūrvī́ḥ |
ṛtásya yónāvaśayaddámūnā jāmīnā́magnírapási svásṝṇām || 11||











akró ná babʰríḥ samitʰé mahī́nāṃ didṛkṣéyaḥ sūnáve bʰā́ṛjīkaḥ |
údusríyā jánitā yó jajā́nāpā́ṃ gárbʰo nṛ́tamo yahvó agníḥ || 12||











apā́ṃ gárbʰaṃ darśatámóṣadʰīnāṃ vánā jajāna subʰágā vírūpam |
devā́saścinmánasā sáṃ hí jagmúḥ pániṣṭʰaṃ jātáṃ tavásaṃ duvasyan || 13||











bṛhánta ídbʰānávo bʰā́ṛjīkamagníṃ sacanta vidyúto ná śukrā́ḥ |
gúheva vṛddʰáṃ sádasi své antárapārá ūrvé amṛ́taṃ dúhānāḥ || 14||











ī́ḷe ca tvā yájamāno havírbʰirī́ḷe sakʰitváṃ sumatíṃ níkāmaḥ |
devaírávo mimīhi sáṃ jaritré rákṣā ca no dámyebʰiránīkaiḥ || 15||











upakṣetā́rastáva supraṇīté'gne víśvāni dʰányā dádʰānāḥ |
surétasā śrávasā túñjamānā abʰí ṣyāma pṛtanāyū́m̐rádevān || 16||











ā́ devā́nāmabʰavaḥ ketúragne mandró víśvāni kā́vyāni vidvā́n |
práti mártām̐ avāsayo dámūnā ánu devā́nratʰiró yāsi sā́dʰan || 17||











ní duroṇé amṛ́to mártyānāṃ rā́jā sasāda vidátʰāni sā́dʰan |
gʰṛtápratīka urviyā́ vyadyaudagnírvíśvāni kā́vyāni vidvā́n || 18||











ā́ no gahi sakʰyébʰiḥ śivébʰirmahā́nmahī́bʰirūtíbʰiḥ saraṇyán |
asmé rayíṃ bahuláṃ sáṃtarutraṃ suvā́caṃ bʰāgáṃ yaśásaṃ kṛdʰī naḥ || 19||











etā́ te agne jánimā sánāni prá pūrvyā́ya nū́tanāni vocam |
mahā́nti vṛ́ṣṇe sávanā kṛtémā́ jánmañjanmanníhito jātávedāḥ || 20||











jánmañjanmanníhito jātávedā viśvā́mitrebʰiridʰyate ájasraḥ |
tásya vayáṃ sumataú yajñíyasyā́pi bʰadré saumanasé syāma || 21||











imáṃ yajñáṃ sahasāvantváṃ no devatrā́ dʰehi sukrato rárāṇaḥ |
prá yaṃsi hotarbṛhatī́ríṣo nó'gne máhi dráviṇamā́ yajasva || 22||











íḷāmagne purudáṃsaṃ saníṃ góḥ śaśvattamáṃ hávamānāya sādʰa |
syā́nnaḥ sūnústánayo vijā́vā́gne sā́ te sumatírbʰūtvasmé || 23||












Sūkta 3.2 

vaiśvānarā́ya dʰiṣáṇāmṛtāvṛ́dʰe gʰṛtáṃ ná pūtámagnáye janāmasi |
dvitā́ hótāraṃ mánuṣaśca vāgʰáto dʰiyā́ rátʰaṃ ná kúliśaḥ sámṛṇvati || 1||











sá rocayajjanúṣā ródasī ubʰé sá mātrórabʰavatputrá ī́ḍyaḥ |
havyavā́ḷagnírajáraścánohito dūḷábʰo viśā́mátitʰirvibʰā́vasuḥ || 2||











krátvā dákṣasya táruṣo vídʰarmaṇi devā́so agníṃ janayanta cíttibʰiḥ |
rurucānáṃ bʰānúnā jyótiṣā mahā́mátyaṃ ná vā́jaṃ saniṣyánnúpa bruve || 3||











ā́ mandrásya saniṣyánto váreṇyaṃ vṛṇīmáhe áhrayaṃ vā́jamṛgmíyam |
rātíṃ bʰṛ́gūṇāmuśíjaṃ kavíkratumagníṃ rā́jantaṃ divyéna śocíṣā || 4||











agníṃ sumnā́ya dadʰire puró jánā vā́jaśravasamihá vṛktábarhiṣaḥ |
yatásrucaḥ surúcaṃ viśvádevyaṃ rudráṃ yajñā́nāṃ sā́dʰadiṣṭimapásām || 5||











pā́vakaśoce táva hí kṣáyaṃ pári hótaryajñéṣu vṛktábarhiṣo náraḥ |
ágne dúva icʰámānāsa ā́pyamúpāsate dráviṇaṃ dʰehi tébʰyaḥ || 6||











ā́ ródasī apṛṇadā́ svarmahájjātáṃ yádenamapáso ádʰārayan |
só adʰvarā́ya pári ṇīyate kavírátyo ná vā́jasātaye cánohitaḥ || 7||











namasyáta havyádātiṃ svadʰvaráṃ duvasyáta dámyaṃ jātávedasam |
ratʰī́rṛtásya bṛható vícarṣaṇiragnírdevā́nāmabʰavatpuróhitaḥ || 8||











tisró yahvásya samídʰaḥ párijmano'gnérapunannuśíjo ámṛtyavaḥ |
tā́sāmékāmádadʰurmártye bʰújamu lokámu dvé úpa jāmímīyatuḥ || 9||











viśā́ṃ kavíṃ viśpátiṃ mā́nuṣīríṣaḥ sáṃ sīmakṛṇvansvádʰitiṃ ná téjase |
sá udváto niváto yāti véviṣatsá gárbʰameṣú bʰúvaneṣu dīdʰarat || 10||











sá jinvate jaṭʰáreṣu prajajñivā́nvṛ́ṣā citréṣu nā́nadanná siṃháḥ |
vaiśvānaráḥ pṛtʰupā́jā ámartyo vásu rátnā dáyamāno ví dāśúṣe || 11||











vaiśvānaráḥ pratnátʰā nā́kamā́ruhaddiváspṛṣṭʰáṃ bʰándamānaḥ sumánmabʰiḥ |
sá pūrvavájjanáyañjantáve dʰánaṃ samānámájmaṃ páryeti jā́gṛviḥ || 12||











ṛtā́vānaṃ yajñíyaṃ vípramuktʰyàmā́ yáṃ dadʰé mātaríśvā diví kṣáyam |
táṃ citráyāmaṃ hárikeśamīmahe sudītímagníṃ suvitā́ya návyase || 13||











śúciṃ ná yā́manniṣiráṃ svardṛ́śaṃ ketúṃ divó rocanastʰā́muṣarbúdʰam |
agníṃ mūrdʰā́naṃ divó ápratiṣkutaṃ támīmahe námasā vājínaṃ bṛhát || 14||











mandráṃ hótāraṃ śúcimádvayāvinaṃ dámūnasamuktʰyàṃ viśvácarṣaṇim |
rátʰaṃ ná citráṃ vápuṣāya darśatáṃ mánurhitaṃ sádamídrāyá īmahe || 15||












Sūkta 3.3 

vaiśvānarā́ya pṛtʰupā́jase vípo rátnā vidʰanta dʰarúṇeṣu gā́tave |
agnírhí devā́m̐ amṛ́to duvasyátyátʰā dʰármāṇi sanátā ná dūduṣat || 1||











antárdūtó ródasī dasmá īyate hótā níṣatto mánuṣaḥ puróhitaḥ |
kṣáyaṃ bṛhántaṃ pári bʰūṣati dyúbʰirdevébʰiragníriṣitó dʰiyā́vasuḥ || 2||











ketúṃ yajñā́nāṃ vidátʰasya sā́dʰanaṃ víprāso agníṃ mahayanta cíttibʰiḥ |
ápāṃsi yásminnádʰi saṃdadʰúrgírastásminsumnā́ni yájamāna ā́ cake || 3||











pitā́ yajñā́nāmásuro vipaścítāṃ vimā́namagnírvayúnaṃ ca vāgʰátām |
ā́ viveśa ródasī bʰū́rivarpasā purupriyó bʰandate dʰā́mabʰiḥ kavíḥ || 4||











candrámagníṃ candráratʰaṃ hárivrataṃ vaiśvānarámapsuṣádaṃ svarvídam |
vigāháṃ tū́rṇiṃ táviṣībʰirā́vṛtaṃ bʰū́rṇiṃ devā́sa ihá suśríyaṃ dadʰuḥ || 5||











agnírdevébʰirmánuṣaśca jantúbʰistanvānó yajñáṃ purupéśasaṃ dʰiyā́ |
ratʰī́rantárīyate sā́dʰadiṣṭibʰirjīró dámūnā abʰiśasticā́tanaḥ || 6||











ágne járasva svapatyá ā́yunyūrjā́ pinvasva sámíṣo didīhi naḥ |
váyāṃsi jinva bṛhatáśca jāgṛva uśígdevā́nāmási sukráturvipā́m || 7||











viśpátiṃ yahvámátitʰiṃ náraḥ sádā yantā́raṃ dʰīnā́muśíjaṃ ca vāgʰátām |
adʰvarā́ṇāṃ cétanaṃ jātávedasaṃ prá śaṃsanti námasā jūtíbʰirvṛdʰé || 8||











vibʰā́vā deváḥ suráṇaḥ pári kṣitī́ragnírbabʰūva śávasā sumádratʰaḥ |
tásya vratā́ni bʰūripoṣíṇo vayámúpa bʰūṣema dáma ā́ suvṛktíbʰiḥ || 9||











vaíśvānara táva dʰā́mānyā́ cake yébʰiḥ svarvídábʰavo vicakṣaṇa |
jātá ā́pṛṇo bʰúvanāni ródasī ágne tā́ víśvā paribʰū́rasi tmánā || 10||











vaiśvānarásya daṃsánābʰyo bṛhádáriṇādékaḥ svapasyáyā kavíḥ |
ubʰā́ pitárā maháyannajāyatāgnírdyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ bʰū́riretasā || 11||












Sūkta 3.4 

samítsamitsumánā bodʰyasmé śucā́śucā sumatíṃ rāsi vásvaḥ |
ā́ deva devā́nyajátʰāya vakṣi sákʰā sákʰīnsumánā yakṣyagne || 1||











yáṃ devā́sastríráhannāyájante divédive váruṇo mitró agníḥ |
sémáṃ yajñáṃ mádʰumantaṃ kṛdʰī nastánūnapādgʰṛtáyoniṃ vidʰántam || 2||











prá dī́dʰitirviśvávārā jigāti hótāramiḷáḥ pratʰamáṃ yájadʰyai |
ácʰā námobʰirvṛṣabʰáṃ vandádʰyai sá devā́nyakṣadiṣitó yájīyān || 3||











ūrdʰvó vāṃ gātúradʰvaré akāryūrdʰvā́ śocī́ṃṣi prástʰitā rájāṃsi |
divó vā nā́bʰā nyàsādi hótā stṛṇīmáhi devávyacā ví barhíḥ || 4||











saptá hotrā́ṇi mánasā vṛṇānā́ ínvanto víśvaṃ práti yannṛténa |
nṛpéśaso vidátʰeṣu prá jātā́ abʰī̀máṃ yajñáṃ ví caranta pūrvī́ḥ || 5||











ā́ bʰándamāne uṣásā úpāke utá smayete tanvā̀ vírūpe |
yátʰā no mitró váruṇo jújoṣadíndro marútvām̐ utá vā máhobʰiḥ || 6||











daívyā hótārā pratʰamā́ nyṛñje saptá pṛkṣā́saḥ svadʰáyā madanti |
ṛtáṃ śáṃsanta ṛtámíttá āhuránu vratáṃ vratapā́ dī́dʰyānāḥ || 7||











ā́ bʰā́ratī bʰā́ratībʰiḥ sajóṣā íḷā devaírmanuṣyèbʰiragníḥ |
sárasvatī sārasvatébʰirarvā́ktisró devī́rbarhírédáṃ sadantu || 8||











tánnasturī́pamádʰa poṣayitnú déva tvaṣṭarví rarāṇáḥ syasva |
yáto vīráḥ karmaṇyàḥ sudákṣo yuktágrāvā jā́yate devákāmaḥ || 9||











vánaspaté'va sṛjópa devā́nagnírhavíḥ śamitā́ sūdayāti |
sédu hótā satyátaro yajāti yátʰā devā́nāṃ jánimāni véda || 10||











ā́ yāhyagne samidʰānó arvā́ṅíndreṇa devaíḥ sarátʰaṃ turébʰiḥ |
barhírna āstāmáditiḥ suputrā́ svā́hā devā́ amṛ́tā mādayantām || 11||












Sūkta 3.5 

prátyagníruṣásaścékitānó'bodʰi vípraḥ padavī́ḥ kavīnā́m |
pṛtʰupā́jā devayádbʰiḥ sámiddʰó'pa dvā́rā támaso váhnirāvaḥ || 1||











prédvagnírvāvṛdʰe stómebʰirgīrbʰí stotṝṇā́ṃ namasyà uktʰaíḥ |
pūrvī́rṛtásya saṃdṛ́śaścakānáḥ sáṃ dūtó adyauduṣáso viroké || 2||











ádʰāyyagnírmā́nuṣīṣu vikṣvàpā́ṃ gárbʰo mitrá ṛténa sā́dʰan |
ā́ haryató yajatáḥ sā́nvastʰādábʰūdu vípro hávyo matīnā́m || 3||











mitró agnírbʰavati yátsámiddʰo mitró hótā váruṇo jātávedāḥ |
mitró adʰvaryúriṣiró dámūnā mitráḥ síndʰūnāmutá párvatānām || 4||











pā́ti priyáṃ ripó ágraṃ padáṃ véḥ pā́ti yahváścáraṇaṃ sū́ryasya |
pā́ti nā́bʰā saptáśīrṣāṇamagníḥ pā́ti devā́nāmupamā́damṛṣváḥ || 5||











ṛbʰúścakra ī́ḍyaṃ cā́ru nā́ma víśvāni devó vayúnāni vidvā́n |
sasásya cárma gʰṛtávatpadáṃ véstádídagnī́ rakṣatyáprayucʰan || 6||











ā́ yónimagnírgʰṛtávantamastʰātpṛtʰúpragāṇamuśántamuśānáḥ |
dī́dyānaḥ śúcirṛṣváḥ pāvakáḥ púnaḥpunarmātárā návyasī kaḥ || 7||











sadyó jātá óṣadʰībʰirvavakṣe yádī várdʰanti prasvò gʰṛténa |
ā́pa iva pravátā śúmbʰamānā uruṣyádagníḥ pitrórupástʰe || 8||











údu ṣṭutáḥ samídʰā yahvó adyaudvárṣmandivó ádʰi nā́bʰā pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
mitró agnírī́ḍyo mātaríśvā́ dūtó vakṣadyajátʰāya devā́n || 9||











údastambʰītsamídʰā nā́kamṛṣvò'gnírbʰávannuttamó rocanā́nām |
yádī bʰṛ́gubʰyaḥ pári mātaríśvā gúhā sántaṃ havyavā́haṃ samīdʰé || 10||











íḷāmagne purudáṃsaṃ saníṃ góḥ śaśvattamáṃ hávamānāya sādʰa |
syā́nnaḥ sūnústánayo vijā́vā́gne sā́ te sumatírbʰūtvasmé || 11||












Sūkta 3.6 

prá kāravo mananā́ vacyámānā devadrī́cīṃ nayata devayántaḥ |
dakṣiṇāvā́ḍvājínī prā́cyeti havírbʰárantyagnáye gʰṛtā́cī || 1||











ā́ ródasī apṛṇā jā́yamāna utá prá riktʰā ádʰa nú prayajyo |
diváścidagne mahinā́ pṛtʰivyā́ vacyántāṃ te váhnayaḥ saptájihvāḥ || 2||











dyaúśca tvā pṛtʰivī́ yajñíyāso ní hótāraṃ sādayante dámāya |
yádī víśo mā́nuṣīrdevayántīḥ práyasvatīrī́ḷate śukrámarcíḥ || 3||











mahā́nsadʰástʰe dʰruvá ā́ níṣatto'ntárdyā́vā mā́hine háryamāṇaḥ |
ā́skre sapátnī ajáre ámṛkte sabardúgʰe urugāyásya dʰenū́ || 4||











vratā́ te agne maható mahā́ni táva krátvā ródasī ā́ tatantʰa |
tváṃ dūtó abʰavo jā́yamānastváṃ netā́ vṛṣabʰa carṣaṇīnā́m || 5||











ṛtásya vā keśínā yogyā́bʰirgʰṛtasnúvā róhitā dʰurí dʰiṣva |
átʰā́ vaha devā́ndeva víśvānsvadʰvarā́ kṛṇuhi jātavedaḥ || 6||











diváścidā́ te rucayanta rokā́ uṣó vibʰātī́ránu bʰāsi pūrvī́ḥ |
apó yádagna uśádʰagváneṣu hóturmandrásya panáyanta devā́ḥ || 7||











uraú vā yé antárikṣe mádanti divó vā yé rocané sánti devā́ḥ |
ū́mā vā yé suhávāso yájatrā āyemiré ratʰyò agne áśvāḥ || 8||











aíbʰiragne sarátʰaṃ yāhyarvā́ṅnānāratʰáṃ vā vibʰávo hyáśvāḥ |
pátnīvatastriṃśátaṃ trī́m̐śca devā́nanuṣvadʰámā́ vaha mādáyasva || 9||











sá hótā yásya ródasī cidurvī́ yajñáṃyajñamabʰí vṛdʰé gṛṇītáḥ |
prā́cī adʰvaréva tastʰatuḥ suméke ṛtā́varī ṛtájātasya satyé || 10||











íḷāmagne purudáṃsaṃ saníṃ góḥ śaśvattamáṃ hávamānāya sādʰa |
syā́nnaḥ sūnústánayo vijā́vā́gne sā́ te sumatírbʰūtvasmé || 11||












Sūkta 3.7 

prá yá ārúḥ śitipṛṣṭʰásya dʰāsérā́ mātárā viviśuḥ saptá vā́ṇīḥ |
parikṣítā pitárā sáṃ carete prá sarsrāte dīrgʰámā́yuḥ prayákṣe || 1||











divákṣaso dʰenávo vṛ́ṣṇo áśvā devī́rā́ tastʰau mádʰumadváhantīḥ |
ṛtásya tvā sádasi kṣemayántaṃ páryékā carati vartaníṃ gaúḥ || 2||











ā́ sīmarohatsuyámā bʰávantīḥ pátiścikitvā́nrayivídrayīṇā́m |
prá nī́lapṛṣṭʰo atasásya dʰāséstā́ avāsayatpurudʰápratīkaḥ || 3||











máhi tvāṣṭrámūrjáyantīrajuryáṃ stabʰūyámānaṃ vaháto vahanti |
vyáṅgebʰirdidyutānáḥ sadʰástʰa ékāmiva ródasī ā́ viveśa || 4||











jānánti vṛ́ṣṇo aruṣásya śévamutá bradʰnásya śā́sane raṇanti |
divorúcaḥ surúco rócamānā íḷā yéṣāṃ gáṇyā mā́hinā gī́ḥ || 5||











utó pitṛ́bʰyāṃ pravídā́nu gʰóṣaṃ mahó mahádbʰyāmanayanta śūṣám |
ukṣā́ ha yátra pári dʰā́namaktóránu sváṃ dʰā́ma jaritúrvavákṣa || 6||











adʰvaryúbʰiḥ pañcábʰiḥ saptá víprāḥ priyáṃ rakṣante níhitaṃ padáṃ véḥ |
prā́ñco madantyukṣáṇo ajuryā́ devā́ devā́nāmánu hí vratā́ gúḥ || 7||











daívyā hótārā pratʰamā́ nyṛñje saptá pṛkṣā́saḥ svadʰáyā madanti |
ṛtáṃ śáṃsanta ṛtámíttá āhuránu vratáṃ vratapā́ dī́dʰyānāḥ || 8||











vṛṣāyánte mahé átyāya pūrvī́rvṛ́ṣṇe citrā́ya raśmáyaḥ suyāmā́ḥ |
déva hotarmandrátaraścikitvā́nmahó devā́nródasī éhá vakṣi || 9||











pṛkṣáprayajo draviṇaḥ suvā́caḥ suketáva uṣáso revádūṣuḥ |
utó cidagne mahinā́ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ kṛtáṃ cidénaḥ sáṃ mahé daśasya || 10||











íḷāmagne purudáṃsaṃ saníṃ góḥ śaśvattamáṃ hávamānāya sādʰa |
syā́nnaḥ sūnústánayo vijā́vā́gne sā́ te sumatírbʰūtvasmé || 11||












Sūkta 3.8 

añjánti tvā́madʰvaré devayánto vánaspate mádʰunā daívyena |
yádūrdʰvástíṣṭʰā dráviṇehá dʰattādyádvā kṣáyo mātúrasyā́ upástʰe || 1||











sámiddʰasya śráyamāṇaḥ purástādbráhma vanvānó ajáraṃ suvī́ram |
āré asmádámatiṃ bā́dʰamāna úcʰrayasva mahaté saúbʰagāya || 2||











úcʰrayasva vanaspate várṣmanpṛtʰivyā́ ádʰi |
súmitī mīyámāno várco dʰā yajñávāhase || 3||











yúvā suvā́sāḥ párivīta ā́gātsá u śréyānbʰavati jā́yamānaḥ |
táṃ dʰī́rāsaḥ kaváya únnayanti svādʰyò mánasā devayántaḥ || 4||











jātó jāyate sudinatvé áhnāṃ samaryá ā́ vidátʰe várdʰamānaḥ |
punánti dʰī́rā apáso manīṣā́ devayā́ vípra údiyarti vā́cam || 5||











yā́nvo náro devayánto nimimyúrvánaspate svádʰitirvā tatákṣa |
té devā́saḥ sváravastastʰivā́ṃsaḥ prajā́vadasmé didʰiṣantu rátnam || 6||











yé vṛkṇā́so ádʰi kṣámi nímitāso yatásrucaḥ |
té no vyantu vā́ryaṃ devatrā́ kṣetrasā́dʰasaḥ || 7||











ādityā́ rudrā́ vásavaḥ sunītʰā́ dyā́vākṣā́mā pṛtʰivī́ antárikṣam |
sajóṣaso yajñámavantu devā́ ūrdʰváṃ kṛṇvantvadʰvarásya ketúm || 8||











haṃsā́ iva śreṇiśó yátānāḥ śukrā́ vásānāḥ sváravo na ā́guḥ |
unnīyámānāḥ kavíbʰiḥ purástāddevā́ devā́nāmápi yanti pā́tʰaḥ || 9||











śṛ́ṅgāṇīvécʰṛṅgíṇāṃ sáṃ dadṛśre caṣā́lavantaḥ sváravaḥ pṛtʰivyā́m |
vāgʰádbʰirvā vihavé śróṣamāṇā asmā́m̐ avantu pṛtanā́jyeṣu || 10||











vánaspate śatávalśo ví roha sahásravalśā ví vayáṃ ruhema |
yáṃ tvā́mayáṃ svádʰitistéjamānaḥ praṇinā́ya mahaté saúbʰagāya || 11||












Sūkta 3.9 

sákʰāyastvā vavṛmahe deváṃ mártāsa ūtáye |
apā́ṃ nápātaṃ subʰágaṃ sudī́ditiṃ suprátūrtimanehásam || 1||











kā́yamāno vanā́ tváṃ yánmātṝ́rájagannapáḥ |
ná tátte agne pramṛ́ṣe nivártanaṃ yáddūré sánnihā́bʰavaḥ || 2||











áti tṛṣṭáṃ vavakṣitʰā́tʰaivá sumánā asi |
práprānyé yánti páryanyá āsate yéṣāṃ sakʰyé ási śritáḥ || 3||











īyivā́ṃsamáti srídʰaḥ śáśvatīráti saścátaḥ |
ánvīmavindannicirā́so adrúho'psú siṃhámiva śritám || 4||











sasṛvā́ṃsamiva tmánāgnímittʰā́ tiróhitam |
aínaṃ nayanmātaríśvā parāváto devébʰyo matʰitáṃ pári || 5||











táṃ tvā mártā agṛbʰṇata devébʰyo havyavāhana |
víśvānyádyajñā́m̐ abʰipā́si mānuṣa táva krátvā yaviṣṭʰya || 6||











tádbʰadráṃ táva daṃsánā pā́kāya cicʰadayati |
tvā́ṃ yádagne paśávaḥ samā́sate sámiddʰamapiśarvaré || 7||











ā́ juhotā svadʰvaráṃ śīráṃ pāvakáśociṣam |
āśúṃ dūtámajiráṃ pratnámī́ḍyaṃ śruṣṭī́ deváṃ saparyata || 8||











trī́ṇi śatā́ trī́ sahásrāṇyagníṃ triṃśácca devā́ náva cāsaparyan |
aúkṣangʰṛtaírástṛṇanbarhírasmā ā́díddʰótāraṃ nyàsādayanta || 9||












Sūkta 3.10 

tvā́magne manīṣíṇaḥ samrā́jaṃ carṣaṇīnā́m |
deváṃ mártāsa indʰate sámadʰvaré || 1||











tvā́ṃ yajñéṣvṛtvíjamágne hótāramīḷate |
gopā́ ṛtásya dīdihi své dáme || 2||











sá gʰā yáste dádāśati samídʰā jātávedase |
só agne dʰatte suvī́ryaṃ sá puṣyati || 3||











sá ketúradʰvarā́ṇāmagnírdevébʰirā́ gamat |
añjānáḥ saptá hótṛbʰirhavíṣmate || 4||











prá hótre pūrvyáṃ váco'gnáye bʰaratā bṛhát |
vipā́ṃ jyótīṃṣi bíbʰrate ná vedʰáse || 5||











agníṃ vardʰantu no gíro yáto jā́yata uktʰyàḥ |
mahé vā́jāya dráviṇāya darśatáḥ || 6||











ágne yájiṣṭʰo adʰvaré devā́ndevayaté yaja |
hótā mandró ví rājasyáti srídʰaḥ || 7||











sá naḥ pāvaka dīdihi dyumádasmé suvī́ryam |
bʰávā stotṛ́bʰyo ántamaḥ svastáye || 8||











táṃ tvā víprā vipanyávo jāgṛvā́ṃsaḥ sámindʰate |
havyavā́hamámartyaṃ sahovṛ́dʰam || 9||












Sūkta 3.11 

agnírhótā puróhito'dʰvarásya vícarṣaṇiḥ |
sá veda yajñámānuṣák || 1||











sá havyavā́ḷámartya uśígdūtáścánohitaḥ |
agnírdʰiyā́ sámṛṇvati || 2||











agnírdʰiyā́ sá cetati ketúryajñásya pūrvyáḥ |
ártʰaṃ hyàsya taráṇi || 3||











agníṃ sūnúṃ sánaśrutaṃ sáhaso jātávedasam |
váhniṃ devā́ akṛṇvata || 4||











ádābʰyaḥ puraetā́ viśā́magnírmā́nuṣīṇām |
tū́rṇī rátʰaḥ sádā návaḥ || 5||











sāhvā́nvíśvā abʰiyújaḥ kráturdevā́nāmámṛktaḥ |
agnístuvíśravastamaḥ || 6||











abʰí práyāṃsi vā́hasā dāśvā́m̐ aśnoti mártyaḥ |
kṣáyaṃ pāvakáśociṣaḥ || 7||











pári víśvāni súdʰitāgnéraśyāma mánmabʰiḥ |
víprāso jātávedasaḥ || 8||











ágne víśvāni vā́ryā vā́jeṣu saniṣāmahe |
tvé devā́sa érire || 9||












Sūkta 3.12 

índrāgnī ā́ gataṃ sutáṃ gīrbʰírnábʰo váreṇyam |
asyá pātaṃ dʰiyéṣitā́ || 1||



1.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv āp gatamvp·Ao?d«√gam sutajnsa  
    girnfpi nabʰasnnsa vareṇyajnsa |
    ayamr3nsg pātamvp·Ao?d«√pā dʰīnfsi iṣitajmdn 



1.  O Indra--Agni, approach
    extracted with chants to be preferred [to all others] vapor!
    Driven by a vision, draw it in!



índrāgnī jaritúḥ sácā yajñó jigāti cétanaḥ |
ayā́ pātamimáṃ sutám || 2||



2.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv jaritṛnmsg sacāa  
    yajñanmsn jigātivp·A·3s«√gā cetanajmsn |
    ar3nsi pātamvp·Ao2d«√pā ayamr3msa sutajmsa 



2.  O Indra--Agni, in the presence of [your] invoker,
    [here] comes a notable sacrifice.
    This way draw in the extracted [Soma]!



índramagníṃ kavicʰádā yajñásya jūtyā́ vṛṇe |
tā́ sómasyehá tṛmpatām || 3||



3.  indraNmsa agniNmsa (kavinms-cʰadjfs)jmda  
    yajñanmsg jūtinfsi vṛṇeva·A·1s«√vṛ |
    tasr3mdn somanmsg ihaa tṛmpatāmvp·AE3d«√tṛp 



3.  By the bent of the sacrifice
    I choose Indra, Agni, who seem to be gifted with insight
    They two shall be here pleased with Soma.



tośā́ vṛtraháṇā huve sajítvānā́parājitā |
indrāgnī́ vājasā́tamā || 4||



4.  tośajmda (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmda huveva·A·1s«√hū  
    sajitvanjmda aparājitajmda |
    (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmda (vājanms-sātamajms)jmda 



4.  I call upon the two amassing ones, slaying Vṛtra,
    victorious, unconquered ones,
    best at obtaining the rush of vigour ones --- Indra--Agni.



prá vāmarcantyuktʰíno nītʰāvído jaritā́raḥ |
índrāgnī íṣa ā́ vṛṇe || 5||



5.  prap tvamr2mda arcʰantivp·A·3p«√arc uktʰinjmpn  
    (nītʰanns-vidjms)jmpn jaritṛnmpn |
    (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv iṣnfpa āp vṛṇevp·A·1s«√vṛ 



5.  They, uttering verses, illuminate you two by means of speech,
    [they,] knowing-the-art invokers;
    O Indra--Agni, I prefer libations.
------



índrāgnī navatíṃ púro dāsápatnīradʰūnutam |
sākámékena kármaṇā || 6||



6.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv navatiu purnfsa  
    (dāsanms-patnīnfs)jfpa adʰūnutamvp·Aa2d«√dʰū |
    sākama ekajnsi karmannnsi 



6.  O Indra--Agni, you two shook off
    mistresses,¹ of the demon from ninety strongholds
    simultaneously, with a single action.



índrāgnī ápasaspáryúpa prá yanti dʰītáyaḥ |
ṛtásya patʰyā̀ ánu || 7||



7.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv apasnnsb parip  
    upap prap yantivp·A·3p«√i dʰītinfpn |
    ṛtannsg patʰyājfpa anup 



7.  O Indra and Agni, from [this] sacrificial act,
    visualizations and their effects set about
    along pathways of ṛta.



índrāgnī taviṣā́ṇi vāṃ sadʰástʰāni práyāṃsi ca |
yuvóraptū́ryaṃ hitám || 8||



8.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv taviṣannpa tvamr2mdg (sadʰaa-stʰajms)jnpa prayasnnpa cac |
    tvamr2mdg aptūryannsn hitajnsn 



8.  O Indra--Agni, your places of meeting
    and delightful effects are in-control.
    Your crossing over waters is set up.



índrāgnī rocanā́ diváḥ pári vā́jeṣu bʰūṣatʰaḥ |
tádvāṃ ceti prá vīryàm || 9||



9.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv rocanānfsi dyunmsg  
    parip vājanmpl bʰūṣatʰasvp·A·2d«√bʰūṣ |
    tadr3nsn tvamr2mda cetivp·U·3s«√cit prap vīryannsn 



9.  O Indra--Agni, in battles
    you surpass in [others] in Heaven's luminocity;
    that your deed of valor was made known.


1 =inner waters


Sūkta 3.13 

prá vo devā́yāgnáye bárhiṣṭʰamarcāsmai |
gámaddevébʰirā́ sá no yájiṣṭʰo barhírā́ sadat || 1||











ṛtā́vā yásya ródasī dákṣaṃ sácanta ūtáyaḥ |
havíṣmantastámīḷate táṃ saniṣyántó'vase || 2||











sá yantā́ vípra eṣāṃ sá yajñā́nāmátʰā hí ṣáḥ |
agníṃ táṃ vo duvasyata dā́tā yó vánitā magʰám || 3||











sá naḥ śármāṇi vītáye'gníryacʰatu śáṃtamā |
yáto naḥ pruṣṇávadvásu diví kṣitíbʰyo apsvā́ || 4||











dīdivā́ṃsamápūrvyaṃ vásvībʰirasya dʰītíbʰiḥ |
ṛ́kvāṇo agnímindʰate hótāraṃ viśpátiṃ viśā́m || 5||











utá no bráhmannaviṣa uktʰéṣu devahū́tamaḥ |
śáṃ naḥ śocā marúdvṛdʰó'gne sahasrasā́tamaḥ || 6||











nū́ no rāsva sahásravattokávatpuṣṭimádvásu |
dyumádagne suvī́ryaṃ várṣiṣṭʰamánupakṣitam || 7||












Sūkta 3.14 

ā́ hótā mandró vidátʰānyastʰātsatyó yájvā kavítamaḥ sá vedʰā́ḥ |
vidyúdratʰaḥ sáhasasputró agníḥ śocíṣkeśaḥ pṛtʰivyā́ṃ pā́jo aśret || 1||











áyāmi te námaukti.m ju.sasva .r'taavastu'bhya.m ce'tate sahasva.h |
vidvā́m̐ ā́ vakṣi vidúṣo ní ṣatsi mádʰya ā́ barhírūtáye yajatra || 2||











drávatāṃ ta uṣásā vājáyantī ágne vā́tasya patʰyā̀bʰirácʰa |
yátsīmañjánti pūrvyáṃ havírbʰirā́ vandʰúreva tastʰaturduroṇé || 3||











mitráśca túbʰyaṃ váruṇaḥ sahasvó'gne víśve marútaḥ sumnámarcan |
yácʰocíṣā sahasasputra tíṣṭʰā abʰí kṣitī́ḥ pratʰáyansū́ryo nṝ́n || 4||











vayáṃ te adyá rarimā́ hí kā́mamuttānáhastā námasopasádya |
yájiṣṭʰena mánasā yakṣi devā́násredʰatā mánmanā vípro agne || 5||











tváddʰí putra sahaso ví pūrvī́rdevásya yántyūtáyo ví vā́jāḥ |
tváṃ dehi sahasríṇaṃ rayíṃ no'drogʰéṇa vácasā satyámagne || 6||











túbʰyaṃ dakṣa kavikrato yā́nīmā́ déva mártāso adʰvaré ákarma |
tváṃ víśvasya surátʰasya bodʰi sárvaṃ tádagne amṛta svadehá || 7||












Sūkta 3.15 

ví pā́jasā pṛtʰúnā śóśucāno bā́dʰasva dviṣó rakṣáso ámīvāḥ |
suśármaṇo bṛhatáḥ śármaṇi syāmagnéraháṃ suhávasya práṇītau || 1||











tváṃ no asyā́ uṣáso vyùṣṭau tváṃ sū́ra údite bodʰi gopā́ḥ |
jánmeva nítyaṃ tánayaṃ juṣasva stómaṃ me agne tanvā̀ sujāta || 2||











tváṃ nṛcákṣā vṛṣabʰā́nu pūrvī́ḥ kṛṣṇā́svagne aruṣó ví bʰāhi |
váso néṣi ca párṣi cā́tyáṃhaḥ kṛdʰī́ no rāyá uśíjo yaviṣṭʰa || 3||











áṣāḷho agne vṛṣabʰó didīhi púro víśvāḥ saúbʰagā saṃjigīvā́n |
yajñásya netā́ pratʰamásya pāyórjā́tavedo bṛhatáḥ supraṇīte || 4||











ácʰidrā śárma jaritaḥ purū́ṇi devā́m̐ ácʰā dī́dyānaḥ sumedʰā́ḥ |
rátʰo ná sásnirabʰí vakṣi vā́jamágne tváṃ ródasī naḥ suméke || 5||











prá pīpaya vṛṣabʰa jínva vā́jānágne tváṃ ródasī naḥ sudógʰe |
devébʰirdeva surúcā rucānó mā́ no mártasya durmatíḥ pári ṣṭʰāt || 6||











íḷāmagne purudáṃsaṃ saníṃ góḥ śaśvattamáṃ hávamānāya sādʰa |
syā́nnaḥ sūnústánayo vijā́vā́gne sā́ te sumatírbʰūtvasmé || 7||












Sūkta 3.16 

ayámagníḥ suvī́ryasyéśe maháḥ saúbʰagasya |
rāyá īśe svapatyásya gómata ī́śe vṛtrahátʰānām || 1||











imáṃ naro marutaḥ saścatā vṛ́dʰaṃ yásminrā́yaḥ śévṛdʰāsaḥ |
abʰí yé sánti pṛ́tanāsu dūḍʰyò viśvā́hā śátrumādabʰúḥ || 2||











sá tváṃ no rāyáḥ śiśīhi mī́ḍʰvo agne suvī́ryasya |
túvidyumna várṣiṣṭʰasya prajā́vato'namīvásya śuṣmíṇaḥ || 3||











cákriryó víśvā bʰúvanābʰí sāsahíścákrirdevéṣvā́ dúvaḥ |
ā́ devéṣu yátata ā́ suvī́rya ā́ śáṃsa utá nṛṇā́m || 4||











mā́ no agné'mataye mā́vī́ratāyai rīradʰaḥ |
mā́gótāyai sahasasputra mā́ nidé'pa dvéṣāṃsyā́ kṛdʰi || 5||











śagdʰí vā́jasya subʰaga prajā́vató'gne bṛható adʰvaré |
sáṃ rāyā́ bʰū́yasā sṛja mayobʰúnā túvidyumna yáśasvatā || 6||












Sūkta 3.17 

samidʰyámānaḥ pratʰamā́nu dʰármā sámaktúbʰirajyate viśvávāraḥ |
śocíṣkeśo gʰṛtánirṇikpāvakáḥ suyajñó agníryajátʰāya devā́n || 1||











yátʰā́yajo hotrámagne pṛtʰivyā́ yátʰā divó jātavedaścikitvā́n |
evā́néna havíṣā yakṣi devā́nmanuṣvádyajñáṃ prá tiremámadyá || 2||











trī́ṇyā́yūṃṣi táva jātavedastisrá ājā́nīruṣásaste agne |
tā́bʰirdevā́nāmávo yakṣi vidvā́nátʰā bʰava yájamānāya śáṃ yóḥ || 3||











agníṃ sudītíṃ sudṛ́śaṃ gṛṇánto namasyā́mastvéḍyaṃ jātavedaḥ |
tvā́ṃ dūtámaratíṃ havyavā́haṃ devā́ akṛṇvannamṛ́tasya nā́bʰim || 4||











yástváddʰótā pū́rvo agne yájīyāndvitā́ ca sáttā svadʰáyā ca śambʰúḥ |
tásyā́nu dʰárma prá yajā cikitvó'tʰa no dʰā adʰvaráṃ devávītau || 5||












Sūkta 3.18 

bʰávā no agne sumánā úpetau sákʰeva sákʰye pitáreva sādʰúḥ |
purudrúho hí kṣitáyo jánānāṃ práti pratīcī́rdahatādárātīḥ || 1||











tápo ṣvàgne ántarām̐ amítrāntápā śáṃsamáraruṣaḥ párasya |
tápo vaso cikitānó acíttānví te tiṣṭʰantāmajárā ayā́saḥ || 2||











idʰménāgna icʰámāno gʰṛténa juhómi havyáṃ tárase bálāya |
yā́vadī́śe bráhmaṇā vándamāna imā́ṃ dʰíyaṃ śataséyāya devī́m || 3||











úcʰocíṣā sahasasputra stutó bṛhádváyaḥ śaśamānéṣu dʰehi |
revádagne viśvā́mitreṣu śáṃ yórmarmṛjmā́ te tanvàṃ bʰūri kṛ́tvaḥ || 4||











kṛdʰí rátnaṃ susanitardʰánānāṃ sá gʰédagne bʰavasi yátsámiddʰaḥ |
stotúrduroṇé subʰágasya revátsṛprā́ karásnā dadʰiṣe vápūṃṣi || 5||












Sūkta 3.19 

agníṃ hótāraṃ prá vṛṇe miyédʰe gṛ́tsaṃ kavíṃ viśvavídamámūram |
sá no yakṣaddevátātā yájīyānrāyé vā́jāya vanate magʰā́ni || 1||











prá te agne havíṣmatīmiyarmyácʰā sudyumnā́ṃ rātínīṃ gʰṛtā́cīm |
pradakṣiṇíddevátātimurāṇáḥ sáṃ rātíbʰirvásubʰiryajñámaśret || 2||











sá téjīyasā mánasā tvóta utá śikṣa svapatyásya śikṣóḥ |
ágne rāyó nṛ́tamasya prábʰūtau bʰūyā́ma te suṣṭutáyaśca vásvaḥ || 3||











bʰū́rīṇi hí tvé dadʰiré ánīkā́gne devásya yájyavo jánāsaḥ |
sá ā́ vaha devátātiṃ yaviṣṭʰa śárdʰo yádadyá divyáṃ yájāsi || 4||











yáttvā hótāramanájanmiyédʰe niṣādáyanto yajátʰāya devā́ḥ |
sá tváṃ no agne'vitéhá bodʰyádʰi śrávāṃsi dʰehi nastanū́ṣu || 5||












Sūkta 3.20 

agnímuṣásamaśvínā dadʰikrā́ṃ vyuṣṭiṣu havate váhniruktʰaíḥ |
sujyótiṣo naḥ śṛṇvantu devā́ḥ sajóṣaso adʰvaráṃ vāvaśānā́ḥ || 1||











ágne trī́ te vā́jinā trī́ ṣadʰástʰā tisráste jihvā́ ṛtajāta pūrvī́ḥ |
tisrá u te tanvò devávātāstā́bʰirnaḥ pāhi gíro áprayucʰan || 2||











ágne bʰū́rīṇi táva jātavedo déva svadʰāvo'mṛ́tasya nā́ma |
yā́śca māyā́ māyínāṃ viśvaminva tvé pūrvī́ḥ saṃdadʰúḥ pṛṣṭabandʰo || 3||











agnírnetā́ bʰága iva kṣitīnā́ṃ daívīnāṃ devá ṛtupā́ ṛtā́vā |
sá vṛtrahā́ sanáyo viśvávedāḥ párṣadvíśvā́ti duritā́ gṛṇántam || 4||











dadʰikrā́magnímuṣásaṃ ca devī́ṃ bṛ́haspátiṃ savitā́raṃ ca devám |
aśvínā mitrā́váruṇā bʰágaṃ ca vásūnrudrā́m̐ ādityā́m̐ ihá huve || 5||












Sūkta 3.21 

imáṃ no yajñámamṛ́teṣu dʰehīmā́ havyā́ jātavedo juṣasva |
stokā́nāmagne médaso gʰṛtásya hótaḥ prā́śāna pratʰamó niṣádya || 1||











gʰṛtávantaḥ pāvaka te stokā́ ścotanti médasaḥ |
svádʰarmandevávītaye śréṣṭʰaṃ no dʰehi vā́ryam || 2||











túbʰyaṃ stokā́ gʰṛtaścútó'gne víprāya santya |
ṛ́ṣiḥ śréṣṭʰaḥ sámidʰyase yajñásya prāvitā́ bʰava || 3||











túbʰyaṃ ścotantyadʰrigo śacīva stokā́so agne médaso gʰṛtásya |
kaviśastó bṛhatā́ bʰānúnā́gā havyā́ juṣasva medʰira || 4||











ójiṣṭʰaṃ te madʰyató méda údbʰṛtaṃ prá te vayáṃ dadāmahe |
ścótanti te vaso stokā́ ádʰi tvací práti tā́ndevaśó vihi || 5||












Sūkta 3.22 

ayáṃ só agníryásminsómamíndraḥ sutáṃ dadʰé jaṭʰáre vāvaśānáḥ |
sahasríṇaṃ vā́jamátyaṃ ná sáptiṃ sasavā́nsánstūyase jātavedaḥ || 1||











ágne yátte diví várcaḥ pṛtʰivyā́ṃ yádóṣadʰīṣvapsvā́ yajatra |
yénāntárikṣamurvā̀tatántʰa tveṣáḥ sá bʰānúrarṇavó nṛcákṣāḥ || 2||











ágne divó árṇamácʰā jigāsyácʰā devā́m̐ ūciṣe dʰíṣṇyā yé |
yā́ rocané parástātsū́ryasya yā́ścāvástādupatíṣṭʰanta ā́paḥ || 3||











purīṣyā̀so agnáyaḥ prāvaṇébʰiḥ sajóṣasaḥ |
juṣántāṃ yajñámadrúho'namīvā́ íṣo mahī́ḥ || 4||











íḷāmagne purudáṃsaṃ saníṃ góḥ śaśvattamáṃ hávamānāya sādʰa |
syā́nnaḥ sūnústánayo vijā́vā́gne sā́ te sumatírbʰūtvasmé || 5||












Sūkta 3.23 

nírmatʰitaḥ súdʰita ā́ sadʰástʰe yúvā kavíradʰvarásya praṇetā́ |
jū́ryatsvagnírajáro váneṣvátrā dadʰe amṛ́taṃ jātávedāḥ || 1||











ámantʰiṣṭāṃ bʰā́ratā revádagníṃ deváśravā devávātaḥ sudákṣam |
ágne ví paśya bṛhatā́bʰí rāyéṣā́ṃ no netā́ bʰavatādánu dyū́n || 2||











dáśa kṣípaḥ pūrvyáṃ sīmajījanansújātaṃ mātṛ́ṣu priyám |
agníṃ stuhi daivavātáṃ devaśravo yó jánānāmásadvaśī́ || 3||











ní tvā dadʰe vára ā́ pṛtʰivyā́ íḷāyāspadé sudinatvé áhnām |
dṛṣádvatyāṃ mā́nuṣa āpayā́yāṃ sárasvatyāṃ revádagne didīhi || 4||











íḷāmagne purudáṃsaṃ saníṃ góḥ śaśvattamáṃ hávamānāya sādʰa |
syā́nnaḥ sūnústánayo vijā́vā́gne sā́ te sumatírbʰūtvasmé || 5||












Sūkta 3.24 

ágne sáhasva pṛ́tanā abʰímātīrápāsya |
duṣṭárastárannárātīrvárco dʰā yajñávāhase || 1||











ágna iḷā́ sámidʰyase vītíhotro ámartyaḥ |
juṣásva sū́ no adʰvarám || 2||











ágne dyumnéna jāgṛve sáhasaḥ sūnavāhuta |
édáṃ barhíḥ sado máma || 3||











ágne víśvebʰiragníbʰirdevébʰirmahayā gíraḥ |
yajñéṣu yá u cāyávaḥ || 4||











ágne dā́ dāśúṣe rayíṃ vīrávantaṃ párīṇasam |
śiśīhí naḥ sūnumátaḥ || 5||












Sūkta 3.25 

ágne diváḥ sūnúrasi prácetāstánā pṛtʰivyā́ utá viśvávedāḥ |
ṛ́dʰagdevā́m̐ ihá yajā cikitvaḥ || 1||











agníḥ sanoti vīryā̀ṇi vidvā́nsanóti vā́jamamṛ́tāya bʰū́ṣan |
sá no devā́m̐ éhá vahā purukṣo || 2||











agnírdyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ viśvájanye ā́ bʰāti devī́ amṛ́te ámūraḥ |
kṣáyanvā́jaiḥ puruścandró námobʰiḥ || 3||











ágna índraśca dāśúṣo duroṇé sutā́vato yajñámihópa yātam |
ámardʰantā somapéyāya devā || 4||











ágne apā́ṃ sámidʰyase duroṇé nítyaḥ sūno sahaso jātavedaḥ |
sadʰástʰāni maháyamāna ūtī́ || 5||












Sūkta 3.26 

vaiśvānaráṃ mánasāgníṃ nicā́yyā havíṣmanto anuṣatyáṃ svarvídam |
sudā́nuṃ deváṃ ratʰiráṃ vasūyávo gīrbʰī́ raṇváṃ kuśikā́so havāmahe || 1||











táṃ śubʰrámagnímávase havāmahe vaiśvānaráṃ mātaríśvānamuktʰyàm |
bṛ́haspátiṃ mánuṣo devátātaye vípraṃ śrótāramátitʰiṃ ragʰuṣyádam || 2||











áśvo ná krándañjánibʰiḥ sámidʰyate vaiśvānaráḥ kuśikébʰiryugéyuge |
sá no agníḥ suvī́ryaṃ sváśvyaṃ dádʰātu rátnamamṛ́teṣu jā́gṛviḥ || 3||











prá yantu vā́jāstáviṣībʰiragnáyaḥ śubʰé sámmiślāḥ pṛ́ṣatīrayukṣata |
bṛhadúkṣo marúto viśvávedasaḥ prá vepayanti párvatām̐ ádābʰyāḥ || 4||



4.  prap yantuvp·Ao3p«√i vājanmpn taviṣīnfpi agninmpn  
    śubʰev···D··«√śubʰ sammiślajmpn pṛṣatījfpa ayukṣatava·U·3p«√yuj |
    (bṛhata-ukṣjms)jmsn marutNmpn (viśvanns-vedasnns)jmpn  
    prap vepayantivpCA·3p«√vip parvatanmpa adābʰyajmpn 



4.  May fiery rushes of vigour together with powers to control [them] come forth!
    Commingled to enhance, they employ dappled mares.
    Sprinkling abundantly Marut-s, known to everyone,
    free from deceit, shake the knotty ones.



agniśríyo marúto viśvákṛṣṭaya ā́ tveṣámugrámáva īmahe vayám |
té svāníno rudríyā varṣánirṇijaḥ siṃhā́ ná heṣákratavaḥ sudā́navaḥ || 5||



5.  (agninms-śrīnfs)jmpa marutNmpa (viśvajms-kṛṣṭinfs)jmpn  
    āp tveṣajnsa ugrajnsa avasnnsa īmaheva·A·1p«√i vayamr1mpn |
    tasr3mpn svāninjmpn rudriyajmpn (varṣanns-nirṇijnfs)jmpn  
    siṃhanmpn nac (heṣajms-kratunms)jmpn sudānujmpn 



5.  We, of every race of men, approach having auspiciousness of fire Marut-s
    with request for vehement energetic assistance.
    They [are] noisy, agreeable to Rudra, having rain for a garment,
    like lions acting effectively and fast, generous.



vrā́taṃvrātaṃ gaṇáṃgaṇaṃ suśastíbʰiragnérbʰā́maṃ marútāmója īmahe |
pṛ́ṣadaśvāso anavabʰrárādʰaso gántāro yajñáṃ vidátʰeṣu dʰī́rāḥ || 6||



6.  (vrātanms-vrātanms)a (gaṇanms-gaṇanms)a suśastinfpi  
    agninmsg bʰāmannsa marutNmpg ojasnnsa īmaheva·A·1p«√i |
    (pṛṣatjms-aśvanms)jmpn (anavabʰrajns-rādʰasnns)jmpn  
    gantṛnmpn yajñanmsa vidatʰannpl dʰīrajmpn 



6.  Swarm after swarm, troop after troop, with good hymns of praise
    we approach Marut-s vigour to [reach] the wrath of fire.
    Having dappled horses, they, who give satisfaction that does not fade,
    possessing schemas for contemplation during teaching sessions, [are] arriving at the sacrifice.



agnírasmi jánmanā jātávedā gʰṛtáṃ me cákṣuramṛ́taṃ ma āsán |
arkástridʰā́tū rájaso vimā́nó'jasro gʰarmó havírasmi nā́ma || 7||











tribʰíḥ pavítrairápupoddʰyàrkáṃ hṛdā́ matíṃ jyótiránu prajānán |
várṣiṣṭʰaṃ rátnamakṛta svadʰā́bʰirā́díddyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ páryapaśyat || 8||











śatádʰāramútsamákṣīyamāṇaṃ vipaścítaṃ pitáraṃ váktvānām |
meḷíṃ mádantaṃ pitrórupástʰe táṃ rodasī pipṛtaṃ satyavā́cam || 9||














Sūkta 3.27 

prá vo vā́jā abʰídyavo havíṣmanto gʰṛtā́cyā |
devā́ñjigāti sumnayúḥ || 1||











ī́ḷe agníṃ vipaścítaṃ girā́ yajñásya sā́dʰanam |
śruṣṭīvā́naṃ dʰitā́vānam || 2||











ágne śakéma te vayáṃ yámaṃ devásya vājínaḥ |
áti dvéṣāṃsi tarema || 3||











samidʰyámāno adʰvarè'gníḥ pāvaká ī́ḍyaḥ |
śocíṣkeśastámīmahe || 4||











pṛtʰupā́jā ámartyo gʰṛtánirṇiksvā̀hutaḥ |
agníryajñásya havyavā́ṭ || 5||











táṃ sabā́dʰo yatásruca ittʰā́ dʰiyā́ yajñávantaḥ |
ā́ cakruragnímūtáye || 6||











hótā devó ámartyaḥ purástādeti māyáyā |
vidátʰāni pracodáyan || 7||











vājī́ vā́jeṣu dʰīyate'dʰvaréṣu prá ṇīyate |
vípro yajñásya sā́dʰanaḥ || 8||











dʰiyā́ cakre váreṇyo bʰūtā́nāṃ gárbʰamā́ dadʰe |
dákṣasya pitáraṃ tánā || 9||











ní tvā dadʰe váreṇyaṃ dákṣasyeḷā́ sahaskṛta |
ágne sudītímuśíjam || 10||











agníṃ yantúramaptúramṛtásya yóge vanúṣaḥ |
víprā vā́jaiḥ sámindʰate || 11||











ūrjó nápātamadʰvaré dīdivā́ṃsamúpa dyávi |
agnímīḷe kavíkratum || 12||











īḷényo namasyàstirástámāṃsi darśatáḥ |
sámagníridʰyate vṛ́ṣā || 13||











vṛ́ṣo agníḥ sámidʰyaté'śvo ná devavā́hanaḥ |
táṃ havíṣmanta īḷate || 14||











vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ tvā vayáṃ vṛṣanvṛ́ṣaṇaḥ sámidʰīmahi |
ágne dī́dyataṃ bṛhát || 15||












Sūkta 3.28 

ágne juṣásva no havíḥ puroḷā́śaṃ jātavedaḥ |
prātaḥsāvé dʰiyāvaso || 1||











puroḷā́ agne pacatástúbʰyaṃ vā gʰā páriṣkṛtaḥ |
táṃ juṣasva yaviṣṭʰya || 2||











ágne vīhí puroḷā́śamā́hutaṃ tiróahnyam |
sáhasaḥ sūnúrasyadʰvaré hitáḥ || 3||











mā́dʰyaṃdine sávane jātavedaḥ puroḷā́śamihá kave juṣasva |
ágne yahvásya táva bʰāgadʰéyaṃ ná prá minanti vidátʰeṣu dʰī́rāḥ || 4||











ágne tṛtī́ye sávane hí kā́niṣaḥ puroḷā́śaṃ sahasaḥ sūnavā́hutam |
átʰā devéṣvadʰvaráṃ vipanyáyā dʰā́ rátnavantamamṛ́teṣu jā́gṛvim || 5||











ágne vṛdʰāná ā́hutiṃ puroḷā́śaṃ jātavedaḥ |
juṣásva tiróahnyam || 6||












Sūkta 3.29 

ástīdámadʰimántʰanamásti prajánanaṃ kṛtám |
etā́ṃ viśpátnīmā́ bʰarāgníṃ mantʰāma pūrvátʰā || 1||











aráṇyorníhito jātávedā gárbʰa iva súdʰito garbʰíṇīṣu |
divédiva ī́ḍyo jāgṛvádbʰirhavíṣmadbʰirmanuṣyèbʰiragníḥ || 2||











uttānā́yāmáva bʰarā cikitvā́nsadyáḥ právītā vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ jajāna |
aruṣástūpo rúśadasya pā́ja íḷāyāsputró vayúne'janiṣṭa || 3||











íḷāyāstvā padé vayáṃ nā́bʰā pṛtʰivyā́ ádʰi |
jā́tavedo ní dʰīmahyágne havyā́ya vóḷhave || 4||











mántʰatā naraḥ kavímádvayantaṃ prácetasamamṛ́taṃ suprátīkam |
yajñásya ketúṃ pratʰamáṃ purástādagníṃ naro janayatā suśévam || 5||











yádī mántʰanti bāhúbʰirví rocaté'śvo ná vājyàruṣó váneṣvā́ |
citró ná yā́mannaśvínoránivṛtaḥ pári vṛṇaktyáśmanastṛ́ṇā dáhan || 6||











jātó agnī́ rocate cékitāno vājī́ vípraḥ kaviśastáḥ sudā́nuḥ |
yáṃ devā́sa ī́ḍyaṃ viśvavídaṃ havyavā́hamádadʰuradʰvaréṣu || 7||











sī́da hotaḥ svá u loké cikitvā́nsādáyā yajñáṃ sukṛtásya yónau |
devāvī́rdevā́nhavíṣā yajāsyágne bṛhádyájamāne váyo dʰāḥ || 8||











kṛṇóta dʰūmáṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ sakʰāyó'sredʰanta itana vā́jamácʰa |
ayámagníḥ pṛtanāṣā́ṭ suvī́ro yéna devā́so ásahanta dásyūn || 9||











ayáṃ te yónirṛtvíyo yáto jātó árocatʰāḥ |
táṃ jānánnagna ā́ sīdā́tʰā no vardʰayā gíraḥ || 10||











tánūnápāducyate gárbʰa āsuró nárāśáṃso bʰavati yádvijā́yate |
mātaríśvā yádámimīta mātári vā́tasya sárgo abʰavatsárīmaṇi || 11||











sunirmátʰā nírmatʰitaḥ sunidʰā́ níhitaḥ kavíḥ |
ágne svadʰvarā́ kṛṇu devā́ndevayaté yaja || 12||











ájījanannamṛ́taṃ mártyāso'sremā́ṇaṃ taráṇiṃ vīḷújambʰam |
dáśa svásāro agrúvaḥ samīcī́ḥ púmāṃsaṃ jātámabʰí sáṃ rabʰante || 13||











prá saptáhotā sanakā́darocata mātúrupástʰe yádáśocadū́dʰani |
ná ní miṣati suráṇo divédive yádásurasya jaṭʰárādájāyata || 14||











amitrāyúdʰo marútāmiva prayā́ḥ pratʰamajā́ bráhmaṇo víśvamídviduḥ |
dyumnávadbráhma kuśikā́sa érira ékaeko dáme agníṃ sámīdʰire || 15||











yádadyá tvā prayatí yajñé asmínhótaścikitvó'vṛṇīmahīhá |
dʰruvámayā dʰruvámutā́śamiṣṭʰāḥ prajānánvidvā́m̐ úpa yāhi sómam || 16||












Sūkta 3.30 

icʰánti tvā somyā́saḥ sákʰāyaḥ sunvánti sómaṃ dádʰati práyāṃsi |
títikṣante abʰíśastiṃ jánānāmíndra tvádā́ káścaná hí praketáḥ || 1||



1.  iccʰantivp·A·3p«√iṣ tvamr2msa somyajmpn sakʰinmpn  
    sunvantivp·A·3p«√su somanmsa dadʰativp·A·3p«√dʰā prayasnnpa |
    titikṣantevaDA·3p«√tij abʰiśastinfsa jananmpg  
    indraNmsv tvamr2msb āp kasr3msn canac hic praketanmsn 



1.  Comrades in Soma seek thee,
    they extract Soma, effect delights;
    they wish to suffer with courage people's curse
    since there is no portent from thee, O Indra!



ná te dūré paramā́ cidrájāṃsyā́ tú prá yāhi harivo háribʰyām |
stʰirā́ya vṛ́ṣṇe sávanā kṛtémā́ yuktā́ grā́vāṇaḥ samidʰāné agnaú || 2||



2.  nac tvamr2msd dūrannsl paramajnpn cidc rajasnnpn  
    āp tuc prap yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā harivantnmsv harijmdi |
    stʰirajmsd vṛṣannmsd savanannpn kṛtajnpn ayamr3npn  
    yuktajmpn grāvannmpn samidʰānajmsl agninmsl 



2.  Not far away for thee [are] even remotest regions,
    Come here, I beg, on two tawny ones, O accompanied-by-tawny-ones one!
    For the resolute bull these pressings [of Soma juice] [were] made,
    [and] set to work pressing-stones [are] by the flaming fire.



índraḥ suśípro magʰávā tárutro mahā́vrātastuvikūrmírṛ́gʰāvān |
yádugró dʰā́ bādʰitó mártyeṣu kvà tyā́ te vṛṣabʰa vīryā̀ṇi || 3||



3.  indraNmsn suśiprajmsn magʰavanjmsn tarutrajmsn  
    (mahajms-vrātanms)jmsn (tuvia-kūrminms)jmsn ṛgʰāvantjmsn |
    yadr3nsa ugrajmsn dʰāsvp·U·2s«√dʰā bādʰitajmsn martyajmpl  
    kur3nsl syar3npn tvamr2msg (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsv vīryannpn 



3.  Indra [is] selective, generous, carrying across,
    having great troop [of warriors], shielding strongly, raving.
    What thou, fierce, being harassed, inflicted upon mortals!
    Where are those thy deeds of valor, O appearing as a bull?



tváṃ hí ṣmā cyāváyannácyutānyéko vṛtrā́ cárasi jígʰnamānaḥ |
táva dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ párvatāsó'nu vratā́ya nímiteva tastʰuḥ || 4||



4.  tvamr2msn hic smac cyāvayanttpCAmsn«√cyu acyutajnpa  
    ekajmsn vṛtrannpa carasivp·A·2s«√car jigʰnamānata·Amsn«√han |
    tvamr2msg (dyunmd-pṛtʰivīnfd)nfdn parvatanmpn  
    anup vratannsd nimitajnpn ivac tastʰurvp·I·3p«√stʰā 



4.  Since thou, making what is unshakable shaky,
    alone spread towards the obstacles smashing [them],
    the Heaven and the Earth, [and] thereupon knotty ones,
    abide by thy sway as if fixed.



utā́bʰaye puruhūta śrávobʰiréko dṛḷhámavado vṛtrahā́ sán |
imé cidindra ródasī apāré yátsaṃgṛbʰṇā́ magʰavankāśírítte || 5||



5.  utac abʰayannsl (purua-hūtajms)jmsv śravasnnpi  
    ekajmsn dṛḷhama avadasvp·Aa2s«√vad (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsn santtp·Amsn«√as |
    ayamr3ndn cidc indraNmsv rodasnndn aparajndn  
    yadc saṃgṛbʰṇāsvp·AE2s«sam~√grabʰ magʰavanjmsv kāśinfsn idc tvamr2msd 



5.  Fearlessly, O much invoked with an auditory impressions one,
    alone, thou spoke firmly, being a slayer of Vṛtra.
    Even these two non-extreme [in their manifestations] Rodas-es, O Indra,
    when thou shall grasp them, O generous one, [are] for thee just a way to appear.



prá sū́ ta indra pravátā háribʰyāṃ prá te vájraḥ pramṛṇánnetu śátrūn |
jahí pratīcó anūcáḥ párāco víśvaṃ satyáṃ kṛṇuhi viṣṭámastu || 6||



6.  prap sup tvamr2msg indraNmsv pravatnfsi harijmdi  
    prap tvamr2msg vajranmsn pramṛṇanttp·Amsn«pra~√mṛ etuvp·Ao3s«√i śatrunmpa |
    jahivp·Ao2s«√han pratyañcjmpa anvañcjmpa parāñcjmpa  
    viśvajnsa satyajnsa kṛṇuhivp·Ao2s«√kṛ viṣṭajnsa astuvp·Ao3s«√as 



6.  [Set] forth quickly with thy two tawny ones along the slope,
    may thy thunderbolt come crushing enemies,
    strike those facing [thee], those behind [them], those [who are] even further!
    Make it all real! May this [state] be entered into!



yásmai dʰā́yurádadʰā mártyāyā́bʰaktaṃ cidbʰajate gehyàṃ saḥ |
bʰadrā́ ta indra sumatírgʰṛtā́cī sahásradānā puruhūta rātíḥ || 7||



7.  yasr3msd (dʰajms-āyujms)jmsn adadʰāsvp·Aa2s«√dʰā martyajmsd  
    abʰaktajnsa cidc bʰajateva·A·3s«√bʰaj gehyannsa sasr3msn |
    bʰadrājfsn tvamr2msg indraNmsv sumatinfsn gʰṛtācījfsn  
    (sahasrau-dānajms)jfsn (purua-hūtajms)jmsv rātinfsn 



7.  To which mortal thou, bestowing offsprings, bestowed [them],
    he enjoys even non-apportioned domestic goods.
    Auspicious [is] thy, O Indra, benevolence, abounding in ghee;
    [thy] gift, O much invoked one, [is] adding thousand [more].



sahádānuṃ puruhūta kṣiyántamahastámindra sáṃ piṇakkúṇārum |
abʰí vṛtráṃ várdʰamānaṃ píyārumapā́damindra tavásā jagʰantʰa || 8||



8.  sahadānujmsa (purua-hūtajms)jmsv kṣiyanttp·Amsa«√kṣi  
    ahastajmsa indraNmsv samp piṇakvp·AE3s«√piṣ kuṇārujmsa |
    abʰip vṛtrannsa vardʰamānajnsa piyārujnsa  
    apādjnsa indraNmsv tavasnmsi jagʰantʰavp·I·2s«√han 



8.  Him, residing with a generous one, O much invoked, 
    him who is without hands he shall crush, O Indra!.
    Overbearing, becoming stronger, footless Vṛtra,
    O Indra, thou slayed using [given to thee] power. 



ní sāmanā́miṣirā́mindra bʰū́miṃ mahī́mapārā́ṃ sádane sasattʰa |
ástabʰnāddyā́ṃ vṛṣabʰó antárikṣamárṣantvā́pastváyehá prásūtāḥ || 9||



9.  nip sāmanājfsa iṣirājfsa indraNmsv bʰūminfsa  
    mahījfsa apārājfsa sadanannsl sasattʰavp·I·2s«√sad |
    astʰabʰnātvp·Aa3s«√stambʰ dyunmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn (antara-īkṣajms)nnsa  
    arṣantuvp·Ao3p«√ṛṣ apnfpn tvamr2msi ihac prasūtājfpn 



9.  Thou settled down, O Indra, 
    on rich instigating potent boundless soil;
    He who resembles a bull supported the Heaven [and] the intermediate space ---
    let set in motion by thee waters flow quickly!



alātṛṇó valá indra vrajó góḥ purā́ hántorbʰáyamāno vyā̀ra |
sugā́npatʰó akṛṇonniráje gā́ḥ prā́vanvā́ṇīḥ puruhūtáṃ dʰámantīḥ || 10||



10. alātṛṇajmsn valanmsn indraNmsv vrajanmsn gonfsg  
     purāa hantunmsb bʰayamānata·Amsn«√bʰī vip āravp·I·3s«√ṛ |
     sugajmpa patʰinnmpa akṛṇotvp·Aa3s«√kṛ nirajev···D··«nir~√aj gonfpa  
     prap āvanvp·Aa3p«√av vāṇīnfpn (purua-hūtajms)jmsa dʰamantījfpn 



10. O Indra, a miserly cavern, the enclosure of cows,
    went asunder, being afraid, before [thy] strike.
    To drive out the cows, he made pathways easy to traverse;
    the breathing-out sounds promoted the much invoked one.



éko dvé vásumatī samīcī́ índra ā́ paprau pṛtʰivī́mutá dyā́m |
utā́ntárikṣādabʰí naḥ samīká iṣó ratʰī́ḥ sayújaḥ śūra vā́jān || 11||



11. ekajmsn dvau vasumatijmda samyañcjmda  
     indraNmsn āp paprauvp·I·3s«√prā pṛtʰivīnfsa utac dyunmsa |
     utac (antara-īkṣajms)nnsb abʰip vayamr1mpa samīkannsl  
     iṣajmsn ratʰīnmsn sayujnmpa śūranmsv vājanmpa 



11. Alone, Indra has filled two whole regions ---
    the Earth and the Heaven,
    and during a close combat [he,] possessing sap and strength charioteer,
    [brings] to us, to [his] companions, from the intermediate space, O agent of change, rushes of vigour.



díśaḥ sū́ryo ná mināti prádiṣṭā divédive háryaśvaprasūtāḥ |
sáṃ yádā́naḷádʰvana ā́dídáśvairvimócanaṃ kṛṇute táttvasya || 12||



12. diśnfpa sūryanmsn nac minātivp·A·3s«√mī pradiṣṭājfpa  
     (divanmsl-divanmsl)a (harijms-aśvanms-prasūtājfs)jfpa |
     samp yadc ānaṭvp·U·3s«√naś adʰvannmpa ātc idc aśvanmpi  
     vimocanannsa kṛṇuteva·A·3s«√kṛ tadr3nsa tuc ayamr3msg 



12. The sun does not violate predefined directions
    every day produced by him who possesses tawny horses;
    when one has found pathways, only after that
    one performs unyoking of horses, then that¹ of him.



dídṛkṣanta uṣáso yā́mannaktórvivásvatyā máhi citrámánīkam |
víśve jānanti mahinā́ yádā́gādíndrasya kárma súkṛtā purū́ṇi || 13||



13. didṛkṣantevaDA·3p«√dṛś uṣasnfsg yāmannnsl aktunmsb  
     vivasvatījfsg mahijnsa citrajnsa anīkannsa |
     viśvajmpn jānantivp·A·3p«√jñā mahimannmsi yadc āp agātvp·U·3s«√gā  
     indraNmsg karmannnsn sukṛtajnpn purujnpn 



13. During coming of dawn from the darkness of the night they desire to see
    extensive, capturing attention appearance of her who is diffusing light;
    all know per force when she approached;
    Indra's rite is many well-performed [actions].



máhi jyótirníhitaṃ vakṣáṇāsvāmā́ pakváṃ carati bíbʰratī gaúḥ |
víśvaṃ svā́dma sámbʰṛtamusríyāyāṃ yátsīmíndro ádadʰādbʰójanāya || 14||



14. mahijnsn jyotisnnsn nihitajnsn vakṣaṇānfpl  
     āmājfsn pakvajnsa carativp·A·3s«√car bibʰratījfsn gonfsn |
     viśvajnsn svādmannnsn saṃbʰṛtajnsn usriyājfsl  
     yadr3nsa sīmc indraNmsn adadʰātvp·Aa3s«√dʰā bʰojanajmsd 



14. Extensive light is deposited into udders [of a cow];
    crude cow² wanders bearing ripe [for poetry vital spirit³].
    Everything sweet that Indra imparted to the source of pleasure [is]
    concentrated in appearing at dawn [river].



índra dṛ́hya yāmakośā́ abʰūvanyajñā́ya śikṣa gṛṇaté sákʰibʰyaḥ |
durmāyávo durévā mártyāso niṣaṅgíṇo ripávo hántvāsaḥ || 15||



15. indraNmsv dṛhyatp·A???«√dṛṃh (yāmannns-kośanms)nmpn abʰūvanvp·Aa3p«√bʰū  
     yajñanmsd śikṣavpDAo2s«√śak gṛṇanttp·Amsd«√gṝ sakʰinmpd |
     durmāyujmpn durevajmpn martyajmpn  
     niṣaṅginnmpn ripujmpn hantvajmpn 



15. O Indra, hardening [themselves], they became vessels for [the coming] journey ---
    exert thyself for the sake of extolling thee sacrifice, for participants [of this fire offering]!
    Malignant mortal sorcerers,
    deceitful peltastas [are] to be slayed!



sáṃ gʰóṣaḥ śṛṇve'vamaíramítrairjahī́ nyeṣvaśániṃ tápiṣṭʰām |
vṛścémadʰástādví rujā sáhasva jahí rákṣo magʰavanrandʰáyasva || 16||



16. samp gʰoṣanmsn śṛṇvevp·A·3s«√śru avamajmpi amitrajmpi  
     jahivp·Ao2s«√han nip ayamr3mpl aśaninfsa tapiṣṭājfsa |
     vṛścavp·Ao2s«√vraśc īmr3nsa adʰastāta vip rujavp·Ao2s«√ruj sahasvava·Ao2s«√sah  
     jahivp·Ao2s«√han rakṣasnnsa magʰavanjmsv randʰayasvavaCAo2s«√rand 



16. A battlecry is fully heard by inferior [to thee] hostiles ---
    strike into them a burning flash of lightning!
    Cut [it] off in the lower region, shatter [it], overcome,
    strike the defensiveness, O generous one, annihilate [it]!



údvṛha rákṣaḥ sahámūlamindra vṛścā́ mádʰyaṃ prátyágraṃ śṛṇīhi |
ā́ kī́vataḥ salalū́kaṃ cakartʰa brahmadvíṣe tápuṣiṃ hetímasya || 17||



17. udp vṛhavp·Ao2s«√vṛh rakṣasnnsa sahamūlama indraNmsv  
     vṛścavp·Ao2s«√vraśc madʰyajnsa pratip agrajnsa śṛṇīhivp·Ao2s«√śṝ |
     āp kīvatjnsb salalūkannsa cakartʰavp·I·2s«√kṛ  
     (brahmannns-dviṣjms)jnsd tapuṣijfsa hetinfsa asyavp·Ao2s«√as 



17. Pull out [any] defensiveness along with [its] root,
    cut off a moderate one, crush a prominent one!
    For how long have thou hesitated?
    Shoot burning missile aimed at him who is hostile to formulations!



svastáye vājíbʰiśca praṇetaḥ sáṃ yánmahī́ríṣa āsátsi pūrvī́ḥ |
rāyó vantā́ro bṛhatáḥ syāmāsmé astu bʰága indra prajā́vān || 18||



18. svastinfsd vājinnmpi cac pranetṛnmsv  
     samp yadc mahījfpa iṣnfpa āsatsivp·Ue2s«ā~√sad pūrvījfpa |
     rainmsg vantṛnmpn bṛhatjmsg syāmavp·Ai1p«√as  
     vayamr1mpd astuvp·Ao3s«√as bʰaganmsn indraNmsv prajāvantjmsn 



18. When for the sake of [our] well-being along with rushes of vigour,
    thou, O leader, shall encounter abundant potent libations,
    [then] we could possess of vast wealth.
    May there be for us a good fortune that grants offsprings!



ā́ no bʰara bʰágamindra dyumántaṃ ní te deṣṇásya dʰīmahi prareké |
ūrvá iva papratʰe kā́mo asmé támā́ pṛṇa vasupate vásūnām || 19||



19. āp vayamr1mpd bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ bʰaganmsa indraNmsv dyumantjmsa  
     nip tvamr2msg deṣṇannsg dʰīmahiva·UE1p«√dʰā prarekanmsl |
     ūrvajmsn ivac papratʰeva·I·3s«√pratʰ kāmanmsn vayamr1mpl  
     sasr3msa āp pṛṇavp·Ao2s«√pṝ (vasunns-patinms)nmsv vasujmpg 



19. Bring to us lucid good fortune, O Indra,
    [that] we shall preserve in abundance of thy giving.
    As the wide [sky] the desire extended in us;
    that [desire] of [all] beneficent [desires] do sate, O overseer of what's beneficient!



imáṃ kā́maṃ mandayā góbʰiráśvaiścandrávatā rā́dʰasā paprátʰaśca |
svaryávo matíbʰistúbʰyaṃ víprā índrāya vā́haḥ kuśikā́so akran || 20||



20. ayamr3msa kāmanmsa mandayavpCAo2s«√mand gonfpi aśvanmpi  
     candravatjnsi rādʰasnnsi papratʰasvp·Ie2s«√pratʰ cac |
     (svarnns-yujms)jmpn matinfpi tvamr2msd viprājmpn  
     indraNmsd vāhasnnsa kuśikaNmpn akranvp·Aa3p«√kṛ 



20. Make this desire gladden [us] with cows, horses,
    with having glitter gift, and thou will extend [it].
    Seeking sva`r poets --- descendants of Kuśika --- 
    using mental gestures, created a conveying for thee, Indra.



ā́ no gotrā́ dardṛhi gopate gā́ḥ sámasmábʰyaṃ sanáyo yantu vā́jāḥ |
divákṣā asi vṛṣabʰa satyáśuṣmo'smábʰyaṃ sú magʰavanbodʰi godā́ḥ || 21||



21. āp vayamr1mpd gotrannpa dardṛhivp·Ao2s«√dṝ (gonfs-patinms)nmsv gonfpa  
     samp vayamr1mpd sanijmpn yantuvp·Ao3s«√i vājanmpn |
     divakṣasjmsn asivp·A·2s«√as (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsv (satyajms-śuṣmanms)jmsn  
     vayamr1mpd sup magʰavanjmsv bodʰivp·Ao2s«√budʰ (gonfs-dājms)jmsn 



21. Break open cowsheds for us, O overseer of cows!
    May gaining-cows rushes of vigour come to us!
    Thou, having genuine fervor, are penetrating the Heaven, O resembling a bull!
    Easily giving cows to us, O generous one, be awake!



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 22||



22. śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
     ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
     śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
     gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



22. Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    [upon him who is] attentive [and] ferocious --- to help in clashes,
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 that is, ``unyoking''
2 evocative expression
3 payas


Sūkta 3.31 

śā́sadváhnirduhitúrnaptyàṃ gādvidvā́m̐ ṛtásya dī́dʰitiṃ saparyán |
pitā́ yátra duhitúḥ sékamṛñjánsáṃ śagmyèna mánasā dadʰanvé || 1||



1.  śāsatvp·AE3s«√śās vahninmsn duhitṛnfsg napatīnfsa gātvp·UE3s«√gā  
    vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid ṛtannsg dīdʰitinfsa saparyanttp·Amsn«√sapary |
    pitṛnmsn yatrac duhitṛnfsg sekanmsa ṛñjanttp·Amsn«√ṛñj  
    samp śagmyajnsi manasnnsi dadʰanveva·I·3s«√dʰanv 



1.  The carrier¹ shall restrain granddaughter² of [his] daughter³,
    a learned one shall reverentially attend to a recurrent vision of ṛta,
    wherein the father⁴, arranging the pouring out of the daughter, 
    has sprung forward together with a skillful mind.



ná jāmáye tā́nvo riktʰámāraikcakā́ra gárbʰaṃ sanitúrnidʰā́nam |
yádī mātáro janáyanta váhnimanyáḥ kartā́ sukṛ́toranyá ṛndʰán || 2||



2.  nac jāminmsd tānūnfsg riktʰannsa āraikvp·U·3s«√ric  
    cakāravp·I·3s«√kṛ garbʰanmsa sanitṛnmsg nidʰānannsa |
    yadic mātṛnfpn janayantavpCAE3p«√jan vahninmsa  
    anyajmsn kartṛnmsn sukṛtjmdg anyajmsn ṛndʰantp·Amsn«√ṛdʰ 



2.  For a sibling of himself he has not left an inheritance⁵
    he⁶ made the germ of him⁷ who obtains,⁸ to be a place for depositing [that heat].
    If mothers,⁹ were to cause the carrier¹⁰ to emerge 
    one of the two¹¹ acting efficiently is a doer, the other one is succeeding;



agnírjajñe juhvā̀ réjamāno mahásputrā́m̐ aruṣásya prayákṣe |
mahā́ngárbʰo máhyā́ jātámeṣāṃ mahī́ pravṛ́ddʰáryaśvasya yajñaíḥ || 3||



3.  agniNmsn jajñeva·I·3s«√jan juhūnfsi rejamānata·Amsn«√rej  
    mahasa putranmpa aruṣajmsg prayakṣev···D··«pra~√yakṣ |
    mahatjmsn garbʰanmsn mahijnsa āp jātajnsa ayamr3mpg  
    mahījfsn pravṛtnfsn (harijms-aśvanms)jmsg yajñanmpi 



3.  Agní has begot with [his] flame, quivering quickly,
    sons,¹² of the tempered one¹³ in order to hasten forward ---
    a mighty germ [to hasten] towards born¹⁴ of these [sticks and threads];
    [Such is] a powerful onset by means of sacrifices of him who possesses tawny horses.
------



abʰí jaítrīrasacanta spṛdʰānáṃ máhi jyótistámaso nírajānan |
táṃ jānatī́ḥ prátyúdāyannuṣā́saḥ pátirgávāmabʰavadéka índraḥ || 4||



4.  abʰip jaitrījfpn asacantavp·Aa3p«√sac spṛdʰānata·Amsa«√spṛdʰ  
    mahijnsa jyotisnnsa tamasnnsb nisp ajānanvp·Aa3p«√jñā |
    sasr3msa jānatītp·Afpn«√jñā pratip udp āyanvp·Aa3p«√i uṣasnfpn  
    patinmsn gonfpg abʰavatvp·Aa3s«√bʰū ekajmsn indraNmsn 



4.  Leading to victory [waters] assisted him¹⁵ who is fighting;
    they¹⁶ experienced extensive light [coming] from darkness,¹⁷;
    acknowledging him[, who is fighting,] dawns,¹⁸ did rise;
    Indra became the sole overseer of cows.



vīḷaú satī́rabʰí dʰī́rā atṛndanprācā́hinvanmánasā saptá víprāḥ |
víśvāmavindanpatʰyā̀mṛtásya prajānánníttā́ námasā́ viveśa || 5||



5.  vīḷujmsl satīnfpa abʰip dʰīrājmpn atṛndanvp·Aa3p«√tṛd  
    prācāa ahinvanvp·Aa3p«√hi manasnnsi saptau viprajmpn |
    viśvājfsa avindanvp·Aa3p«√vid patʰyānfsa ṛtannsg  
    prajānanttp·Amsn«pra~√jñā idc tadr3npa namasnnsi āp viveśavp·I·3s«√viś 



5.  They, having [correct] schemas for contemplation, let out ladies,¹⁹ [who are] in a firm [enclosure],
    seven inspired ones, with the mind [engrossed into contemplation], impelled [them] onwards ---
    they found all-pervading pathway of ṛta;
    only anticipating one, through adoration [of that pathway], has taken possession of those [abodes].



vidádyádī sarámā rugṇámádrermáhi pā́tʰaḥ pūrvyáṃ sadʰryàkkaḥ |
ágraṃ nayatsupádyákṣarāṇāmácʰā rávaṃ pratʰamā́ jānatī́ gāt || 6||



6.  vidatvp·UE3s«√vid yadic saramāNfsn rugṇannsa adrinmsg  
    mahijnsa pātʰasnnsa pūrvyama sadʰryakjnsa karvp·AE3s«√kṛ |
    agrajnsa nayatvp·AE3s«√nī supadījfsn akṣarannpg  
    acʰāp ravanmsa pratʰamājfsn jānatītp·Afsn«√jñā gātvp·UE3s«√gā 



6.  Should Saramā find the cleft²⁰ of the rock
    she shall at first create tending towards [it] ample spot²¹;
    she, swift-footed, shall lead the foremost²² of syllables;
    she, investigating [the space], preceding [them all], goes towards the howl.
------



ágacʰadu vípratamaḥ sakʰīyánnásūdayatsukṛ́te gárbʰamádriḥ |
sasā́na máryo yúvabʰirmakʰasyánnátʰābʰavadáṅgirāḥ sadyó árcan || 7||



7.  agacʰatvp·Aa3s«√gam uc vipratamajmsn sakʰīyanttp·Amsn«√sakʰiy  
    asūdayatvpCAa3s«√sūd sukṛtjmsd garbʰanmsa adrinmsn |
    sasānavp·I·3s«√san maryajmsn yuvanjmpi makʰasyanttp·Amsn«√makʰasy  
    atʰāc abʰavatvp·Aa3s«√bʰū aṅgirasnmsn sadyasa arcanttp·Amsn«√arc 



7.  The most inspired one came seeking like-mindedness,²³;
    for the acting efficiently one the rock contrived the germ
    [that] a recruit, being in fighting spirit, together with young ones has obtained;
    then, in the very moment, he became an aṅgiras --- illuminating by means of speech.



satáḥsataḥ pratimā́naṃ purobʰū́rvíśvā veda jánimā hánti śúṣṇam |
prá ṇo diváḥ padavī́rgavyúrárcansákʰā sákʰīm̐ramuñcanníravadyā́t || 8||



8.  (satasa-satasa)a pratimānannsn (purasa-bʰūjms)jmsn  
    viśvannpa vedavp·I·1s«√vid janimannnpa hantivp·A·3s«√han śuṣṇanmsa |
    prap vayamr1mpd dyunmsb padavīnmsn (gonfs-yujms)jmsn arcanttp·Amsn«√arc  
    sakʰinmsn sakʰinmpa amuñcatavp·U·3s«√muc nisp avadyannsb 



8.  [Being] equally in all aspects a counterpart [to an opponent] [he is] becoming superior to [him];
    he knows all manifestations [of deva-s,²⁴], he slays Śuṣṇa;
    [Having set] forth from the Heaven for us, [he,] attracting-cows guide, [is] illuminating by means of speech;
    like-minded, he freed [his] companions from the unspeakable.



ní gavyatā́ mánasā sedurarkaíḥ kṛṇvānā́so amṛtatvā́ya gātúm |
idáṃ cinnú sádanaṃ bʰū́ryeṣāṃ yéna mā́sām̐ ásiṣāsannṛténa || 9||



9.  nip gavyanttp·Ansi«√gavy manasnnsi sedurvp·I·3p«√sad arkanmpi  
    kṛṇvānata·Ampn«√kṛ amṛtatvannsd gātunmsa |
    ayamr3nsn cidc nuc sadanannsa bʰūrijnsa ayamr3mpg  
    yadr3nsi māsanmpa asiṣāsanvpDAa3p«√san ṛtannsi 



9.  With mind accompanied by words they have settled down
    making with hymns of illumination an unimpeded way for the ambrosia.
    Just this their sitting down is frequent
    [this,] with which they desired to gain [several] months [of training time] accompanied by coherence [with Indra].
------



sampáśyamānā amadannabʰí sváṃ páyaḥ pratnásya rétaso dúgʰānāḥ |
ví ródasī atapadgʰóṣa eṣāṃ jāté niṣṭʰā́mádadʰurgóṣu vīrā́n || 10||



10. sampaśyamānata·Ampn«sam~√paś amadanvp·Aa3p«√mad abʰip svannsa  
     payasnnsa pratnajnsg retasnnsg dugʰānajmpn |
     vip rodasnnda atapatvp·Aa3s«√tap gʰoṣanmsn ayamr3mpg  
     jātajmsl niṣṭʰānfsa adadʰurvp·Aa3p«√dʰā gonfpl vīranmpa 



10. Looking at each other they exulted, milking for themselves
    the juice of the primordial stream.
    Their battlecry warmed up both Rodas-es.
    Into what was engendered they placed steadiness, midst cows [they placed] heroes.



sá jātébʰirvṛtrahā́ sédu havyaírúdusríyā asṛjadíndro arkaíḥ |
urūcyàsmai gʰṛtávadbʰárantī mádʰu svā́dma duduhe jényā gaúḥ || 11||



11. sasr3msn jātajmpi (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsn sasr3msn idc uc havyajmpi  
     udp usriyājfpa asṛjatvp·Aa3s«√sṛj indraNmsn arkanmpi |
     urūcījfsn ayamr3msd gʰṛtavatjnsa bʰarantītp·Afsn«√bʰṛ  
     madʰunnsa svādmanjnsa duduheva·I·3s«√duh jenyajfsn gonfsn 



11. With those²⁵ engendered, he is a slayer of Vṛtra, just he together with oblations,²⁶.
    Indra released appearing at dawn [waters] by means of hymns of illumination.
    Far-reaching, bearing-rich-in-ghee-honey
    cow²⁷ of noble origin yielded sweetness.



pitré ciccakruḥ sádanaṃ sámasmai máhi tvíṣīmatsukṛ́to ví hí kʰyán |
viṣkabʰnánta skámbʰanenā jánitrī ā́sīnā ūrdʰváṃ rabʰasáṃ ví minvan || 12||



12. pitṛnmsd cidc cakrurvp·I·3p«√kṛ sadanannsa samp ayamr3msd  
     mahijnsa tviṣimatjnsa sukṛtjmpn vip hic kʰyanvp·AE3p«√kʰyā |
     viṣkabʰnanttp·Ampn«vi~√skambʰ skambʰanannsi janitrīnfda  
     āsīnajmpn ūrdʰvama rabʰasajmsa vip minvanvp·Aa3p«√mi 



12. Also, for the father²⁸ they performed a sitting; together [they performed] for him
    powerful possessing of energies [ritual] --- because acting efficiently ones made it known [as part of the process].
    They, seated upright, propping apart with the pillar two genitrixes,
    fixed the impetuous one in the Earth.
------



mahī́ yádi dʰiṣáṇā śiśnátʰe dʰā́tsadyovṛ́dʰaṃ vibʰvàṃ rodasyoḥ |
gíro yásminnanavadyā́ḥ samīcī́rvíśvā índrāya táviṣīránuttāḥ || 13||



13. mahījfsn yadic (dʰīnfs-sanājms)nfsn śiśnatʰanmsl dʰātvp·UE3s«√dʰā  
     (sadyasa-vṛdʰjfs)jmsa vibʰujmsa rodasīnfdl |
     girnfpn yasr3msl anavadyajfpn samyañcjfpn  
     viśvajfpn indraNmsd taviṣīnfpn anuttājfpn 



13. In case a potent effort to visualize during the piercing should have placed between the two Rodas-es,²⁹
    him³⁰, who is strengthened at that very moment, who is spreading,
    [then his,] in whom flawless chants are all turned in one direction --- for Indra,
    [his] powers to control [become] not-[to-be]-downplayed.



máhyā́ te sakʰyáṃ vaśmi śaktī́rā́ vṛtragʰné niyúto yanti pūrvī́ḥ |
máhi stotrámáva ā́ganma sūrérasmā́kaṃ sú magʰavanbodʰi gopā́ḥ || 14||



14. mahijnsa āp tvamr2msd sakʰyannsa vaśmivp·A·1s«√vaś śaktinfpa  
     āp (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsd niyutjfpn yantivp·A·3p«√i pūrvījfpn |
     mahijnsa stotrannsa avasnnsa āp aganmavp·Aa1p«√gam sūrinmsg  
     vayamr1mpg sup magʰavanjmsv bodʰivp·Ao2s«√budʰ (gonfs-pājms)nmsn 



14. I wish the powers [to be directed] towards mighty fellowship with thee;
    many internally connected [powers] come for the sake of Vṛtra-slayer.
    Mighty [is] a hymn of praise --- we arrived at the favour of the institutor of the sacrifice ---
    heed well to us, O generous one, being a guardian!
------



máhi kṣétraṃ purú ścandráṃ vividvā́nā́dítsákʰibʰyaścarátʰaṃ sámairat |
índro nṛ́bʰirajanaddī́dyānaḥ sākáṃ sū́ryamuṣásaṃ gātúmagním || 15||



15. mahijnsa kṣetrannsa purua ścandrajnsa vividvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid  
     ātc idc sakʰinmpd caratʰannsa samp airatvp·Aa3s«ā~√īr |
     indraNmsn nṛnmpi ajanatvp·Aa3s«√jan dīdyānajmsn  
     sākama sūryanmsa uṣasnfsa gātunmsa agniNmsa 



15. Having found brightly radiant expansive space --- 
    only after that he activated wandering for his companions.
    Together with the men³¹ Indra, while shining, 
    simultaneously produced the Sun, the Dawn, an unimpeded pathway, [and inner] Agni.



apáścideṣá vibʰvò dámūnāḥ prá sadʰrī́cīrasṛjadviśváścandrāḥ |
mádʰvaḥ punānā́ḥ kavíbʰiḥ pavítrairdyúbʰirhinvantyaktúbʰirdʰánutrīḥ || 16||



16. apnfpa cidc eṣasr3msn vibʰūjfpa damūnasnmsn  
     prap sadʰrīcījfpa asṛjatvp·Aa3s«√sṛj (viśvajms-candrajms)jfpa |
     madʰunnsg punānajmpn kavijmpi pavitrannpi  
     dyunmpi hinvantivp·A·3p«√hi aktunmpi dʰanutrījfpa 



16. This one, who made one feel at home, also sent surging forth towards one goal
    spreading having-allpervading-glitter waters.
    Purifying self with poets as filters [drops,³²] of honey
    impel --- through days and nights --- speeding [streams,³³].



ánu kṛṣṇé vásudʰitī jihāte ubʰé sū́ryasya maṃhánā yájatre |
pári yátte mahimā́naṃ vṛjádʰyai sákʰāya indra kā́myā ṛjipyā́ḥ || 17||



17. anup kṛṣṇājfda (vasunns-dʰitijfs)jfda jihāteva·A·3s«√hā  
     ubʰājfda sūryanmsg maṃhanāa yajatrājfda |
     parip yadc tvamr2msg mahimannmsa vṛjadʰyaiv···D··«√vṛj  
     sakʰinmpn indraNmsv kāmyajmpn ṛjipyajmpn 



17. He³⁴ follows the two dark bestowing what's beneficial ones,³⁵,
    both being instrumental in a sacrifice through magnanimity of the Sun,
    when like-minded ones, O Indra, amiable, straight-going ones,³⁶
    [are] around to pluck thy power to increase-in-size [for their own expansion].
------



pátirbʰava vṛtrahansūnṛ́tānāṃ girā́ṃ viśvā́yurvṛṣabʰó vayodʰā́ḥ |
ā́ no gahi sakʰyébʰiḥ śivébʰirmahā́nmahī́bʰirūtíbʰiḥ saraṇyán || 18||



18. patinmsn bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsv sūnṛtājfpg  
     girnfpg (viśvanns-āyusnns)nmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn (vayasnns-dʰājms)jmsn |
     āp vayamr1mpa gahivp·Ao2s«√gam sakʰyannpi śivajnpi  
     mahatjmsn mahījfpi ūtinfpi saraṇyanttp·Amsn«√saraṇy 



18. Become an overseer, O slayer of Vṛtra, of well-fitting chants,
    [thou,] the all-pervading life-force, appearing as a bull, giving mental and bodily energy,
    come to us with destroying reactive impulsiveness,³⁷ relations,³⁸,
    exalting one with mighty means of helping, [thou,] hastening.



támaṅgirasvánnámasā saparyánnávyaṃ kṛṇomi sányase purājā́m |
drúho ví yāhi bahulā́ ádevīḥ svàśca no magʰavansātáye dʰāḥ || 19||



19. sasr3msa aṅgirasvata namasnnsi saparyanttp·Amsn«√sapary  
     navyajmsa kṛnomivp·A·1s«√kṛ sanyasjmsd (purāa-jājms)jmsa |
     druhnfpa vip yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā bahulājfpa adevījfpa  
     svarnnsa cac vayamr1mpd magʰavanjmsv sātinfsd dʰāsvp·U·2s«√dʰā 



19. Attending to him provokingly, with reverence,
    I make what³⁹ was born long ago new.
    Pass through numerous profane injuries!
    Thou made sva`r for us to gain.



míhaḥ pāvakā́ḥ prátatā abʰūvansvastí naḥ pipṛhi pārámāsām |
índra tváṃ ratʰiráḥ pāhi no riṣó makṣū́makṣū kṛṇuhi gojíto naḥ || 20||



20. mihnfpn pāvakajfpn pratatajfpn abʰūvanvp·Aa3p«√bʰū  
     svastinfsi vayamr1mpa pipṛhivp·Ao?s«√pṛ pārannsa ayamr3fpg |
     indraNmsv tvamr2msn ratʰirajmsn pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā vayamr1mpa riṣnfsb  
     (makṣūa-makṣūa)a kṛṇuhivp·Ao2s«√kṛ (gonfs-jitjms)jmpa vayamr1mpa 



20. Maturing fogs,⁴⁰ became extended ---
    bring us successfully over to the end of them!
    Indra, thou [being] speedy, protect us from injury,
    as soon as possible make us acquiring cows!



ádediṣṭa vṛtrahā́ gópatirgā́ antáḥ kṛṣṇā́m̐ aruṣaírdʰā́mabʰirgāt |
prá sūnṛ́tā diśámāna ṛténa dúraśca víśvā avṛṇodápa svā́ḥ || 21||



21. adediṣṭavaIU·3s«√diś (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsn (gonfs-patinms)nmsn gonfpa  
     antara kṛṣṇajmpa aruṣajnpi dʰāmannnpi gātvp·UE3s«√gā |
     prap sūnṛtājfpa diśamānajmsn ṛtannsi  
     durnfpa cac viśvajfpa avṛnotvp·Aa3s«√vṛ apap svajfpa 



21. Slayer of Vṛtra [and] overseer of cows, he has pointed out the cows again and again;
    inside, he should have walked dark [paths] through tempered⁴¹ abodes.
    Indicating well-fitting [chants] through [a feeling of] coherence,
    he also opened all his own doors.
------



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 22||



22. śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
     ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
     śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
     gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



22. Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    [upon him who is] attentive [and] ferocious --- to help in clashes,
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 inner Agní
2 desire
3 life-energy
4 that is, the inner Agní
5 that is, he burned the fuel completely
6 Agní in an ember
7 Agní in a flame
8 that is, obtains new fuel to burn by spreading around
9 threads of kindling
10 physical fire
11 two pieces of wood used to create by friction an ember
12 = spreading from the ember-originating flame onto surrounding threads and sticks flames
13 glowing ember
14 self-sustaining flames
15 Indra
16 seven inspired ones
17 being in darkness with eyes closed
18 here = states of being aware
19 = waters
20 the opening in lower part of the skull towards which the tongue is directed during kʰecarī mudrā
21 spot in the mental space towards which attention shall be directed
22 auṃ
23 with Indra
24 on the basis of 3.4.10d, 4.27.1b, 7.2.10d, 9.83.4b, 9.97.7b
25 Marut-s
26 prob. draughts of Soma
27 Pṛśni = ``enticement to transgress, to rebel''
28 Rudra
29 that is, into the maṇipūra cakra
30 inner Agní
31 Marut-s
32 drops of Soma --- on the basis of 9.6.4c and 9.106.9b
33 on the basis of 9.93.1b
34 inner Agni
35 the Night and the Dawn as distinct states of mind/body
36 Marut-s
37 śiva
38 relations to both Rodas-es
39 inner Agni
40 disorientation, doubt, indecisiveness
41 here ``well controlled''


Sūkta 3.32 

índra sómaṃ somapate píbemáṃ mā́dʰyaṃdinaṃ sávanaṃ cā́ru yátte |
praprútʰyā śípre magʰavannṛjīṣinvimúcyā hárī ihá mādayasva || 1||



1.  indraNmsv somanmsa (somanms-patinms)nmsv pibavp·Ao2s«√pā ayamr3msa  
    mādʰyaṃdinajnsa savanannsa cārujnsn yadr3nsn tvamr2msd |
    praprutʰyatp·A???«pra~√prutʰ śiprānfda magʰavanjmsv ṛjīṣinjmsv  
    vimucyatp·A???«vi~√muc harijmda ihac mādayasvavaCAo2s«√mad 



1.  O Indra, drink this Soma, O master of Soma,
    midday pressing which is agreeable to thee.
    Swell out lips, O generous, having direct impact one,
    setting free two tawny ones, do make thyself exhilarated here!



gávāśiraṃ mantʰínamindra śukráṃ píbā sómaṃ rarimā́ te mádāya |
brahmakṛ́tā mā́rutenā gaṇéna sajóṣā rudraístṛpádā́ vṛṣasva || 2||



2.  (gonfs-āśirnfs)jmsa mantʰinjmsa indraNmsv śukrajmsa  
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā somanmsa rarimavp·I·1p«√rā tvamr2msd madanmsd |
    (brahmannns-kṛtjms)jmsi mārutajmsi gaṇanmsi  
    sajoṣasjmsn rudraNmpi tṛpatvp·UE3s«√tṛp āp vṛṣasvava·Ao2s«√vṛṣ 



2.  Drink, O Indra, agitating translucent [juice] mixed with milk
    [that] we have yielded for thy exhilaration!
------
    Acting in harmony with performing-a-sacred-formula having-Marut-s'-trait troop ---
    with Rudra-s --- he should have been satiated. Pour [it] here!
------



yé te śúṣmaṃ yé táviṣīmávardʰannárcanta indra marútasta ójaḥ |
mā́dʰyaṃdine sávane vajrahasta píbā rudrébʰiḥ ságaṇaḥ suśipra || 3||



3.  yasr3mpn tvamr2msd śuṣmanmsa yasr3mpn taviṣīnfsa avardʰanvp·Aa3p«√vṛdʰ  
    arcantavp·AE3p«√arc indraNmsv marutnmpn tvamr2msg ojasnnsa |
    mādʰyaṃdinajmsl savanannsl (vajranms-hastanms)nmsv  
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā rudraNmpi sagaṇajmsn suśiprajmsv 



3.  [They,] who for thy sake did increase the fervor [and] the power to control,
    they, the Marut-s, shall illuminate by means of speech thy vigour.
    Drink during pressing at the midday [ritual], O thunderbolt-in-hand one,
    accompanied by Rudra-s, O selective one!



tá ínnvasya mádʰumadvivipra índrasya śárdʰo marúto yá ā́san |
yébʰirvṛtrásyeṣitó vivédāmarmáṇo mányamānasya márma || 4||



4.  sasr3mpn idc nuc ayamr3msg madʰumatjnsa vivipreva·I·3p«√vip  
    indraNmsg śardʰasnnsn marutNmpn yasr3mpn āsanvp·Aa3p«√as |
    yasr3mpi vṛtrannsg iṣitajmsn vivedavp·I·3s«√vid  
    amarmanjnsg manyamānatp·Amsa«√man marmannnsa 



4.  It were they who have stirred his sweet [manly vigour¹] ---
    Indra's flock who were Marut-s,
    with whom he, driven, has found a vulnerable spot of Vṛtra
    who was thought to be invulnerable.



manuṣvádindra sávanaṃ juṣāṇáḥ píbā sómaṃ śáśvate vīryā̀ya |
sá ā́ vavṛtsva haryaśva yajñaíḥ saraṇyúbʰirapó árṇā sisarṣi || 5||



5.  manuṣvata indraNmsv savanannsa juṣāṇajmsn  
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā somanmsa śaśvatjnsd vīryannsd |
    sasr3msn āp vavṛtsvava·Ao2s«√vṛt (harijms-aśvanms)jmsv yajñanmpi  
    (sarajms-yujms)jmpi apnfpa arṇannpa sisarṣivp·A·2s«√sṛ 



5.  As is men's custom, O Indra, enjoying the pressing, 
    drink Soma for the sake of endless valor!
    Such thou, by means of sacrifices seeking [such] flow, turn thyself here, O possessing tawny horses one,
    [because] thou [do] pursue waters, flooding streams.



tvámapó yáddʰa vṛtráṃ jagʰanvā́m̐ átyām̐ iva prā́sṛjaḥ sártavā́jaú |
śáyānamindra cáratā vadʰéna vavrivā́ṃsaṃ pári devī́rádevam || 6||



6.  tvamr2msn apnfpa yadc hac vṛtrannsa jagʰanvaṅstp·Imsn«√han  
    atyanmpa ivac prap asṛjasvp·Aa2s«√sṛj sartavaiv···D··«√sṛ ājinmsl |
    śayānata·Amsa«√śī indraNmsv caratjmsi vadʰanmsi  
    vavrivaṃstp·I?sa«√vṛ parip devījfpa adevajnsa 



6.  When indeed thou, having slayed Vṛtra, 
    gave free course to waters to flow as if to coursers on a racetrack,
    [having slayed] lying down one with wandering deadly weapon,
    [thou slayed] profane one [who was] hindering from all sides celestial [waters].



yájāma ínnámasā vṛddʰámíndraṃ bṛhántamṛṣvámajáraṃ yúvānam |
yásya priyé mamáturyajñíyasya ná ródasī mahimā́naṃ mamā́te || 7||



7.  yajāmasvp·A·1p«√yaj idc namasnnsi vṛddʰajmsa indraNmsa  
    bṛhatjmsa ṛṣvajmsa ajarajmsa yuvannmsa |
    yasr3msg priyajndn mamaturvp·I·3d«√mā yajñiyajmsg  
    nac rodasnndn mahimannmsa mamāteva·I·3d«√mā 



7.  We just sacrifice reverentially to full-grown Indra ---
    extensive helping in dire straights not subject to old age youth,
    whose two dear ones have meted out [the potency²] of him who is worthy-of-a-sacrifice,
    [but] they, two Rodas-es, have not apportioned to themselves [his] power to increase-in-size.



índrasya kárma súkṛtā purū́ṇi vratā́ni devā́ ná minanti víśve |
dādʰā́ra yáḥ pṛtʰivī́ṃ dyā́mutémā́ṃ jajā́na sū́ryamuṣásaṃ sudáṃsāḥ || 8||



8.  indraNmsg karmannnsn sukṛtajnpn purujnpn  
    vratannpa devanmpn nac minantivp·A·3p«√mi viśvajmpn |
    dādʰāravp·I·3s«√dʰṛ yasr3msn pṛtʰivīnfsa dyunmsa utac ayamr3fsa  
    jajānavp·I·3s«√jan sūryanmsa uṣasnfsa sudaṃsasjmsn 



8.  Indra's rite [is] many well-performed [actions] ---
    all deva-s do not diminish realms [of him]
    who held the Earth [and] the Heaven [apart], 
    [who] begot this [chant], the Sun [and] the Dawn --- [he,] performing wondrous deeds.



ádrogʰa satyáṃ táva tánmahitváṃ sadyó yájjātó ápibo ha sómam |
ná dyā́va indra tavásasta ójo nā́hā ná mā́sāḥ śarádo varanta || 9||



9.  adrogʰajmsv satyajnsn tvamr2msg tadr3nsn mahitvannsn  
    sadyasa yadc jātajmsn apibasvp·Aa3s«√pā hac somanmsa |
    nac dyunmpn indraNmsv tavasjmpn tvamr2msg ojasnnsn  
    nac aharnnpn nac māsanmpn śaradnfpn varantavp·AE3p«√vṛ 



9.  O free from falsehood one, genuine is that thy power to expand
    because thou really drank Soma in the very moment [thou] were born³.
    Not heavens [are] strong [but] thy vigour [is],
    neither days, nor months [or] years shall suppress [it].



tváṃ sadyó apibo jātá indra mádāya sómaṃ paramé vyoman |
yáddʰa dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ ā́viveśīrátʰābʰavaḥ pūrvyáḥ kārúdʰāyāḥ || 10||



10. tvamr2msn sadyasa apibasvp·Aa3s«√pā jātajmsn indraNmsv  
     madanmsd somanmsa paramajnsl vyomannnsl |
     yadc hac (dyunmd-pṛtʰivīnfd)nfdn āp aviveśīsvp·I·?s«√viś  
     atʰāc abʰavasvp·Aa2s«√bʰū pūrvyajmsn (kārunms-dʰāyasjms)jmsn 



10. Thou drank Soma the moment thou were born, O Indra,
    for exhilaration in the ultimate space of detachment;
    only when thou were absorbed into the Earth and the Heaven,
    then thou became the principal nourisher⁴ of [this] singer of eulogies.
------



áhannáhiṃ pariśáyānamárṇa ojāyámānaṃ tuvijāta távyān |
ná te mahitvámánu bʰūdádʰa dyaúryádanyáyā spʰigyā̀ kṣā́mávastʰāḥ || 11||



11. ahanvp·Aa3s«√han ahinmsa pariśayānajmsa arṇasnnsa  
     ojāyamānata·Amsa«√ojāy (tuvia-jātajms)jmsv tavyasjmsn |
     nac tvamr2msd mahitvannsn anup bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū adʰac  
     dyunmsn yadc anyājfsi spʰigīnfsi kṣānfsa avastʰāsvp·UE2s«ava~√stʰā 



11. He, being stronger, slayed lying around flooding waters
    exhibiting vigour snake, O manifested-often one!
    Now, the Heaven didn't understood thy power to expand
    when thou went down into the ground with another hip.
------



yajñó hí ta indra várdʰano bʰū́dutá priyáḥ sutásomo miyédʰaḥ |
yajñéna yajñámava yajñíyaḥ sányajñáste vájramahihátya āvat || 12||



12. yajñanmsn hic tvamr2msd indraNmsv vardʰanajmsn bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
     utac priyajmsn (sutajms-somanms)nmsn miyedʰasnnsn |
     yajñanmsi yajñanmsa avavp·Ao2s«√av yajñiyajmsn santtp·Amsn«√as  
     yajñanmsn tvamr2msg vajranmsa ahihatyannsl āvatvp·Aa3s«√av 



12. Since [this] sacrifice should have been strengthening for thee, O Indra, 
    and favourite apportioned fuel of pressed Soma [as well],
    through [this] sacrifice help [that] sacrifice, [thou,] being worthy-of-a-sacrifice ---
    during slaying of the snake a sacrifice [such as this] helped thy thunderbolt.



yajñénéndramávasā́ cakre arvā́gaínaṃ sumnā́ya návyase vavṛtyām |
yá stómebʰirvāvṛdʰé pūrvyébʰiryó madʰyamébʰirutá nū́tanebʰiḥ || 13||



13. yajñanmsi indraNmsa avasnnsi āp cakreva·I·1s«√kṛ arvāka  
     āp enar3msa sumnannsd navyasjnsd vavṛtyāmvp·Ai1s«√vṛt |
     yasr3msn stomanmpi vavṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ pūrvyajmpi  
     yasr3msn madʰyamajmpi utac nūtanajmpi 



13. With a sacrifice I brought Indra along with [his] favour hither--- for the sake of [his] benevolence,
    so that for a new blessing I could roll (as a dice) him
    who has become stronger with ancient hymns of praise, 
    who [has become stronger] with new ones and with those in between.



vivéṣa yánmā dʰiṣáṇā jajā́na stávai purā́ pā́ryādíndramáhnaḥ |
áṃhaso yátra pīpáradyátʰā no nāvéva yā́ntamubʰáye havante || 14||



14. viveṣavp·I·3s«√viṣ yadc ahamr1msa (dʰīnfs-sanājms)nfsn jajānavp·I·3s«√jan  
     stavaiva·Ao1s«√stu purāa pāryannsb indraNmsa ahannnsg |
     aṃhasnnsb yatrac pīparatvp·UE3s«√pṛ yatʰāc vayamr1mpa  
     naunfsi ivac yānttp·Amsa«√yā ubʰayajnsl havanteva·A·3p«√hū 



14. When the effort to visualize has become contained in me, it produced [him].
    I shall extol Indra before the end of the day,
    in which case he shall deliver [me] from the anxiety like [he delivered] us.
    They invoke [him,] moving like a ship in both [the Earth and the Heaven].



ā́pūrṇo asya kaláśaḥ svā́hā sékteva kóśaṃ sisice píbadʰyai |
sámu priyā́ ā́vavṛtranmádāya pradakṣiṇídabʰí sómāsa índram || 15||



15. āpūrṇajmsn ayamr3msg kalaśanmsn svāhāa  
     sektṛnmsn ivac kośanmsa sisiceva·I·1s«√sic pibadʰyaiv···D··«√pā |
     samp uc priyajmpn āp avavṛtranvp·Aa3p«√vṛt madanmsd  
     pradakṣiṇita abʰip somanmpn indraNmsa 



15. His goblet is filling [him] to the limits --- svā́hā,!
    Like a rain-cloud [soaks my body], I soaked [my] subtle body [for Indra] to drink;
    Together cherished drops of Soma turned left-to-right⁵
    to exhilarate [me] for Indra's sake.



ná tvā gabʰīráḥ puruhūta síndʰurnā́drayaḥ pári ṣánto varanta |
ittʰā́ sákʰibʰya iṣitó yádindrā́ dṛḷháṃ cidárujo gávyamūrvám || 16||



16. nac tvamr2msa gabʰīrajmsn (purua-hūtajms)jmsv sindʰunmsn  
     nac adrinmpn parip santtp·Ampn«√as varantavp·AE3p«√vṛ |
     ittʰāc sakʰinmpd iṣitajmsn yadc indraNmsv  
     āp dṛḷhajnsa cidc arujasvp·Aa2s«√ruj gavyajnsa ūrvajnsa 



16. Neither impenetrable river nor surrounding rocks
    shall suppress thee, O much invoked one,
    in as much as thou, truly driven for [thy] companions' sake,
    shattered even firmly shut related to cows extensive [place⁶].



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 17||



17. śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
     ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
     śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
     gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



17. Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 suvīrya on the basis of 9.86.18d
2 suvīrya
3 that is, manifested in a person
4 =inner inspiration
5 that is, from the first footprint of Viṣṇu to the second
6 vrajám --- on the basis of 9.108.6cd


Sūkta 3.33 

prá párvatānāmuśatī́ upástʰādáśve iva víṣite hā́samāne |
gā́veva śubʰré mātárā rihāṇé vípāṭ cʰutudrī́ páyasā javete || 1||



1.  prap parvatanmpg uśatītp·Afdn«√vaś upastʰanmsb  
    aśvānfdn ivac viṣitājfdn hāsamānata·Afdn«√hās |
    gonfdn ivac śubʰrājfdn mātṛnfdn rihānajfdn  
    vipāśNfsn śutudrīNfsn payasnnsi javeteva·A·3d«√jū 



1.  Forth from the lap of the mountains two eager
    like two released racing mares,
    like two cows replenishing [with their milk], [like] two caressing mothers,
    Vipāś,¹ [and] Śutudrī,² press forwards with [their] juice.



índreṣite prasaváṃ bʰíkṣamāṇe ácʰā samudráṃ ratʰyèva yātʰaḥ |
samārāṇé ūrmíbʰiḥ pínvamāne anyā́ vāmanyā́mápyeti śubʰre || 2||



2.  (indraNms-iṣitajms)jfdn prasavanmsa bʰikṣamānatp·Afdn«√bʰikṣ  
    acʰāp samudranmsa ratʰīnfdn ivac yātʰasvp·A·2d«√yā |
    samārānata·Afdn«sam~√ṛ ūrminmpi pinvamānata·Afdn«√pinv  
    anyājfsn tvamr2fdg anyājfsa apip etivp·A·3s«√i śubʰrājfdn 



2.  Driven by Indra, desiring to partake in the impulsion,
    like two charioteers you journey towards the sea³.
    Joining together, swelling [each other] with waves,
    one of you enters another, [you] two replenishing [each other]. 



ácʰā síndʰuṃ mātṛ́tamāmayāsaṃ vípāśamurvī́ṃ subʰágāmaganma |
vatsámiva mātárā saṃrihāṇé samānáṃ yónimánu saṃcárantī || 3||



3.  acʰāp sindʰunmsa mātṛtamājfsa ayāsamvp·U·1s«√yā  
    vipāśNfsa urvīnfsa subʰagājfsa aganmavp·Aa1p«√gam |
    vatsanmsa ivac mātṛnfdn saṃrihānajfdn  
    samānajmsa yoninmsa anup saṃcarantījfdn 



3.  I have journeyed towards the most motherly river⁴,
    I came to the wide highly favoured Vipāś;
    like two mothers licking a calf,
    [they both are] roaming along the same womb.
    [Rivers:]



enā́ vayáṃ páyasā pínvamānā ánu yóniṃ devákṛtaṃ cárantīḥ |
ná vártave prasaváḥ sárgataktaḥ kiṃyúrvípro nadyò johavīti || 4||



4.  enāc vayamr1mpn payasnnsi pinvamānajfpn  
    anup yoninmsa (devanms-kṛtajms)jmsa carantītp·Afpn«√car |
    nac vartavev···D··«√vṛ prasavanmsn (sarganms-taktajms)jmsn  
    (kir3msa-yunfs)jmsn viprajmsn nadīnfpa johavītivpIA·3s«√hve 



4.  Here we, swelling with the fluid,
    roam along created by deva womb⁵
    The impulsion [that is like] a downpour along steep slope is not to be obstructed.
    Seeking what an inspired one repeatedly calls upon flowing waters?
    [Poet:]



rámadʰvaṃ me vácase somyā́ya ṛ́tāvarīrúpa muhūrtámévaiḥ |
prá síndʰumácʰā bṛhatī́ manīṣā́vasyúrahve kuśikásya sūnúḥ || 5||



5.  ramadʰvamva·Ao2p«√ram ahamr1msd vacasnnsd somyajnsd  
    ṛtāvarījfpv upap muhūrtanmsa evanmpi |
    prap sindʰunmsa acʰāp bṛhatījfsn manīṣānfsn  
    (avasnns-yujms)jmsn ahveva·U·1s«√hū kuśikaNmsg sūnunmsn 



5.  Calm yourselves for me for a short time, [though] in different ways,
    for the containing-Soma speech, O full of ṛta ones!
    [My] wide-ranging conception [is brought] forward towards Sindʰu⁶.
    Seeking help, I, son of Kuśika, have called upon [you].
    [Rivers:]



índro asmā́m̐ aradadvájrabāhurápāhanvṛtráṃ paridʰíṃ nadī́nām |
devò'nayatsavitā́ supāṇístásya vayáṃ prasavé yāma urvī́ḥ || 6||



6.  indraNmsn vayamr1mpa aradatvp·Aa3s«√rad (vajranms-bāhunms)jmsn  
    apap ahanvp·Aa3s«√han vṛtrannsa paridʰinmsa nadīnfpg |
    devanmsn anayatvp·Aa3s«√nī savitṛnmsn supāṇijmsn  
    sasr3msg vayamr1mpn prasavanmsl yāmasvp·A·1p«√yā urvījfpn 



6.  Indra, thunderbolt-in-arms, lead us [into a channel]
    he warded off Vṛtra --- a wall for flowing waters.
    The deva, the impeller, having good hands, guided [us];
    during his impulsion we journey [being] wide⁷.



pravā́cyaṃ śaśvadʰā́ vīryàṃ tadindrasya kárma yádáhiṃ vivṛścát |
ví vájreṇa pariṣádo jagʰānā́yannā́pó'yanamicʰámānāḥ || 7||



7.  pravācyajnsn śaśvadʰāa vīryannsn tadr3nsn indraNmsg  
    karmannnsn yadc ahinmsa vivṛścatvp·AE3s«vi~√vṛaśc |
    vip vajranmsi pariṣadjfpa jagʰānavp·U·3s«√han  
    āyanvp·Aa3p«√i apnfpn ayanannsa icʰamānāta·Afpn«√iṣ 



7.  To be proclaimed again and again [is] the deed of valor
    that is Indra's action when he shall hew into pieces the snake;
    with the thunderbolt he dispersed surrounding [walls] ---
    endeavoring-to-obtain-circulation waters set out.



etádváco jaritarmā́pi mṛṣṭʰā ā́ yátte gʰóṣānúttarā yugā́ni |
uktʰéṣu kāro práti no juṣasva mā́ no ní kaḥ puruṣatrā́ námaste || 8||



8.  etadr3nsn vacasnnsn jaritṛnmsvc apip mṛṣṭʰāsvp·A·2s«√mṛṣ  
    āp yadc tvamr2msa gʰoṣānvp·Ae3p«√gʰuṣ uttarajnpn yugannpn |
    uktʰannpl kārunmsv pratip vayamr1mpa juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣc vayamr1mpa nip karvp·AE2s«√kṛ puruṣatrāa namasnnsa tvamr2msg 



8.  And do not forget this speech, O invoker,
    so that subsequent generations would invite thee ---
    favour us, O singer of eulogies, with recited verses, 
    do not subdue us after the manner of men --- [that is] thy adoration [of us]!
    [Poet:]



ó ṣú svasāraḥ kāráve śṛṇota yayaú vo dūrā́dánasā rátʰena |
ní ṣū́ namadʰvaṃ bʰávatā supārā́ adʰoakṣā́ḥ sindʰavaḥ srotyā́bʰiḥ || 9||



9.  oc sup svasṛnfpv kārunmsd śṛṇotavp·Ao2p«√śru  
    yayauvp·I·1s«√yā tvamr2mpa dūrāta anasnnsi ratʰanmsi |
    nip sup namadʰvamva·Ao2p«√nam bʰavatavp·Ao2p«√bʰū supārajfpn  
    (adʰasa-akṣanms)jfpn sindʰunmpv srotyānfpi 



9.  O sisters! Listen well for [this] singer's sake!
    I traveled to you from afar by cart [and] by chariot ---
    yield easily, become giving an easy passage,
    [be] below-the-axle⁸ with your currents.
    [River Vipāś:]



ā́ te kāro śṛṇavāmā vácāṃsi yayā́tʰa dūrā́dánasā rátʰena |
ní te naṃsai pīpyānéva yóṣā máryāyeva kanyā̀ śaśvacaí te || 10||



10. āp tvamr2msg kārunmsv śṛnavāmavp·Ao1p«√śru vacasnnpa  
     yayātʰavp·I·2s«√yā dūrāta anasnnsi ratʰanmsi |
     nip tvamr2msd naṃsaiva·Ue1s«√nam pīpyānāta·Afsn«√pī ivac yoṣānfsn  
     maryanmsd ivac kanyānfsn śaśvacaiva·Ue1s«√śvac tvamr2msd 



10. We shall listen to thy, O singer of eulogies, speeches ---
    thou journeyed from afar with a cart [and] a chariot.
    [We shall listen] so that I would yield to thee like an exuberant maiden,
    so that I receive thee with open arms like a girl would a young man.
    [Poet:]



yádaṅgá tvā bʰaratā́ḥ saṃtáreyurgavyángrā́ma iṣitá índrajūtaḥ |
árṣādáha prasaváḥ sárgatakta ā́ vo vṛṇe sumatíṃ yajñíyānām || 11||



11. yadc aṅgac tvamr2msa bʰaratajmpn saṃtareyurvp·Ai3p«sam~√tṝ  
     gavyanttp·Amsn«√gavy grāmanmsn iṣitajmsn (indraNms-jūtajms)jmsn |
     arṣātvp·Ae3s«√ṛṣ ahac prasavanmsn (sarganms-taktajms)jmsn  
     āp tvamr2mpg vṛṇeva·A·1s«√vṛ sumatinfsa yajñiyajfpg 



11. So that they who are maintained [by you] --- the troop accompanied by cows,⁹,
    driven, impelled by Indra, could cross thee;
    should the impulsion [that is like] a downpour along steep slope truly bring by flowing [the flooding waters],
    I would rely on the benevolence of you, of worthy-of-a-sacrifice ones.
------



átāriṣurbʰaratā́ gavyávaḥ sámábʰakta vípraḥ sumatíṃ nadī́nām |
prá pinvadʰvamiṣáyantīḥ surā́dʰā ā́ vakṣáṇāḥ pṛṇádʰvaṃ yātá śī́bʰam || 12||



12. atārisurvp·U·3p«√tṝ bʰaratajmpn (gonfs-yujms)jmpn samp  
     abʰaktava·U·3s«√bʰakṣ viprajmsn sumatinfsa nadīnfpg |
     prap pinvadʰvamva·Ao2p«√pinv iṣayantījfpn surādʰasjfpn  
     āp vakṣaṇānfpn pṛṇadʰvamva·Ao2p«√pṝ yātavp·Ao2p«√yā śībʰama 



12. They who are maintained [by rivers], seeking cows, have completely crossed,
    the inspired one has tasted the benevolence of the flowing waters;
    swell full, [ye] refreshing, well-satisfying,
    fill up [you] breasts, approach quickly!



údva ūrmíḥ śámyā hantvā́po yóktrāṇi muñcata |
mā́duṣkṛtau vyènasāgʰnyaú śū́namā́ratām || 13||



13. udp tvamr2mpg ūrminmsn śamyānfpa hantuvp·Ao3s«√han  
     apnfpv yoktrannpa muñcatavp·Ao2p«√muc |
     māc aduṣkṛtjmdn vyenasjmdn agʰnyanmdn  
     śūnannsa āp aratāmvp·U·3d«√ṛ 



13. May your wave knock out the yoke-pins!
    O waters, loose the thongs!
    May not the two oxen¹⁰ that are not doing evil, guiltless
    arise for nothing¹¹!


1 the drive to clear the space within and the space without from constraints
2 = blood stream in the body
3 the space of heart
4 that is, he significantly raised his blood pressure and fastened the pulse
5 like a riverbed --- a normal course
6 the flow of suṣumnā
7 that is, spreading beyond constraining riverbeds
8 that is, do not let the pulse pound at temporal bones
9 = ``[such] words''
10 likely Indra and Soma
11 lit. ``towards emptiness''


Sūkta 3.34 

índraḥ pūrbʰídā́tiraddā́samarkaírvidádvasurdáyamāno ví śátrūn |
bráhmajūtastanvā̀ vāvṛdʰānó bʰū́ridātra ā́pṛṇadródasī ubʰé || 1||



1.  indraNmsn (purnfs-bʰidjms)jmsn āp atiratvp·Aa3s«√tṝ dāsanmsa arkanmpi  
    (vidatjms-vasunns)jmsn dayamānata·Amsn«√day vip śatrunmpa |
    (brahmannns-jūtajms)jmsn tanūnfsi vāvṛdʰānatp·Amsn«√vṛdʰ  
    (bʰūrijns-dātranns)jmsn āp apṛṇatvp·Aa3s«√pṝ rodasnnda ubʰajnda 



1.  [An] Indra, a breaker of strongholds, using hymns of illumination, overcame the savage;
    finding what's beneficial, [he is] severing foes;
    impelled by means of sacred formula [Indra] is becoming stronger throughout the body;
    endowed richly, he filled up both Rodas-es.



makʰásya te taviṣásya prá jūtímíyarmi vā́camamṛ́tāya bʰū́ṣan |
índra kṣitīnā́masi mā́nuṣīṇāṃ viśā́ṃ daívīnāmutá pūrvayā́vā || 2||



2.  makʰanmsg tvamr2msd taviṣajmsg prap jūtijfsa  
    iyarmivp·A·1s«√ṛ vācnfsa amṛtanmsd hūṣanttp·Amsn«√bʰūṣ |
    indraNmsv kṣitinfpg asivp·A·2s«√as mānuṣījfpg  
    viśnfpg daivījfpg utap pūrvayāvannmsn 



2.  Seeking to obtain for the immortal one 
    an instigation of thy in-control fighting spirit, I rouse forth this speech.
    O Indra, thou are the leader 
    of human domains and celestial tribes.



índro vṛtrámavṛṇocʰárdʰanītiḥ prá māyínāmaminādvárpaṇītiḥ |
áhanvyàṃsamuśádʰagváneṣvāvírdʰénā akṛṇodrāmyā́ṇām || 3||



3.  indraNmsn vṛtrannsa avṛnotvp·Aa3s«√vṛ (śardʰanms-nītijms)jmsn  
    prap māyinnmpg aminātvp·Aa3s«√mī (varpasnns-nītijms)jmsn |
    ahanvp·Aa3s«√han vyaṃsanmsa uśadʰakjmsn vanannpl  
    āvisa dʰenānfpa akṛnotvp·Aa3s«√kṛ rāmyānfpg 



3.  Indra, leading a swarm [of Marut-s], warded off Vṛtra;
    taking a pretended form he frustrated those that have the power to configure [perceptions].
    He, burning with desire midst [other] desires, slayed him who has no shoulderblades;
    he made manifest nourishing streams,¹ of nights.



índraḥ svarṣā́ janáyannáhāni jigā́yośígbʰiḥ pṛ́tanā abʰiṣṭíḥ |
prā́rocayanmánave ketúmáhnāmávindajjyótirbṛhaté ráṇāya || 4||



4.  indraNmsn (svarnns-sanjms)jmsn janayanttp·Amsn«√jan ahannnpa  
    jigāyavp·I·3s«√ji uśijjmpi pṛtanānfpa abʰiṣṭijmsn |
    prap arocayatvpCAa3s«√ruc manunmsd ketunmsa ahannmpg  
    avindatvp·Aa3s«√vid jyotisnnsa bṛhatjmsd raṇanmsd 



4.  Indra, gaining sva`r, engendering [activities of] days,
    together with those who strive earnestly he, assisting, has won battles.
    For an intelligent man he illuminated the focal point of the days,
    to [our] great delight he found the light.



índrastújo barháṇā ā́ viveśa nṛváddádʰāno náryā purū́ṇi |
ácetayaddʰíya imā́ jaritré prémáṃ várṇamatiracʰukrámāsām || 5||



5.  indraNmsn tujnfpa barhaṇājfpa āp viveśavp·I·3s«√viś  
    nṛvata dadʰānata·Amsn«√dʰā naryajnpa purujnpa |
    acetayatvpCAa3s«√cit dʰīnfpa ayamr3fpa jaritṛnmsd  
    prap ayamr3msa varṇanmsa atiratvp·Aa3s«√tṝ śukrajmsa ayamr3fpg 



5.  Indra entered ``pulling-out'' matches
    seizing man-like many suitable-for-a-man [prizes].
    He reminded to the praiser these visions,
    he went beyond this their transparent outward appearance.



mahó mahā́ni panayantyasyéndrasya kárma súkṛtā purū́ṇi |
vṛjánena vṛjinā́nsáṃ pipeṣa māyā́bʰirdásyūm̐rabʰíbʰūtyojāḥ || 6||



6.  mahasa mahajnpn panayantivpCA·3p«√pan ayamr3msg  
    indraNmsg karmannnsn sukṛtajnpn purujnpn |
    vṛjanannsi vṛjinajmpa samp pipesavp·I·3s«√piṣ  
    māyānfpi (dasnfs-yujms)nmpa (abʰibʰūtijms-ojasnns)jmsn 



6.  Mighty [deeds] of this one make [them²] to greatly express admiration [of them³] ---
    Indra's rite [is] many well-performed [actions].
    Using deceit he has shattered the deceitful [states of mind],
    using the powers of framing [he has crushed] impulses to suffer want, [he who has] overwhelming vigour.



yudʰéndro mahnā́ várivaścakāra devébʰyaḥ sátpatiścarṣaṇiprā́ḥ |
vivásvataḥ sádane asya tā́ni víprā uktʰébʰiḥ kaváyo gṛṇanti || 7||



7.  yudʰnfsi indraNmsn mahannnsi varivasnnsa cakāravp·I·3s«√kṛ  
    devanmpd (satnns-patinms)nmsn (carṣaṇijms-prājfs)jmsn |
    vivasvatNmsg sadanannsl ayamr3msg tadr3npa viprajmpn uktʰannpi kavinmpn gṛṇantivp·A·3p«√gṝ 



7.  Through fighting, through excessiveness, Indra created mental space for deva-s;
    an overseer of what's real, [he is] filling [with what's real] those that draw to themselves,⁴.
    At the seat of Vivásvat inspired poets
    extol with recited verses these his [deeds].



satrāsā́haṃ váreṇyaṃ sahodā́ṃ sasavā́ṃsaṃ svàrapáśca devī́ḥ |
sasā́na yáḥ pṛtʰivī́ṃ dyā́mutémā́míndraṃ madantyánu dʰī́raṇāsaḥ || 8||



8.  (satrāa-sahjms)jmsa vareṇyajmsa (sahasnns-dājms)jmsa  
    sasavaṅstp·Insa«√san svarnnsa apnfpa cac devīnfpa |
    sasānavp·I·3s«√san yasr3msn pṛtʰivīnfsa dyunmsa utac ayamr3fsa  
    indraNmsa madantivp·A·3p«√mad anup (dʰīnfs-raṇanms)jmpn 



8.  [Over him,] prevailing in every way, to be preferred [to all others], giving overwhelming strength,
    [over him,] who has gained sva`r, waters and devī-s,
    who has gained this Earth and the Heaven ---
    they, who delight in [these] visions, rejoice over Indra.



sasā́nā́tyām̐ utá sū́ryaṃ sasānéndraḥ sasāna purubʰójasaṃ gā́m |
hiraṇyáyamutá bʰógaṃ sasāna hatvī́ dásyūnprā́ryaṃ várṇamāvat || 9||



9.  sasānavp·I·3s«√san atyanmpa utac sūryanmsa sasānavp·I·3s«√san  
    indraNmsn sasānavp·I·3s«√san (purujns-bʰojasnns)jfsa gonfsa |
    hiraṇyayajmsa utac bʰoganmsa sasānavp·I·3s«√san  
    hatvītp·A???«√han (dasnfs-yujms)nmpa prap āryajmsa varṇanmsa āvatvp·Aa3s«√av 



9.  He has gained steeds and he has gained the sun
    Indra has gained a much-nourishing cow
    he has gained enchanting enjoyment.
    Having slayed impulses to suffer want, he enabled ``conducting upwards'' form.



índra óṣadʰīrasanodáhāni vánaspátīm̐rasanodantárikṣam |
bibʰéda valáṃ nunudé vívācó'tʰābʰavaddamitā́bʰíkratūnām || 10||



10. indraNmsn (oṣanms-dʰijfs)nfpa asanotvp·Aa3s«√san ahannnpa  
     (vanasnns-patinms)nmpa asanotvp·Aa3s«√san (antara-īkṣajms)nnsa |
     bibʰedavp·I·3s«√bʰid valanmsa nunudeva·I·3s«√nud vivācnfpa  
     atʰāc abʰavatvp·Aa3s«√bʰū damitṛnmsn abʰikratujmpg 



10. [An] Indra [is he who] procured herbs, who oversees [activities of] days
    who gained those who are governed by a motive, and who gained the middle space.
    He has rend asunder the cavern, he pushed [aside] those who make diverging statements --- 
    then he became a tamer of scheming [folks].



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 11||



11. śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
     ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
     śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
     gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



11. Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 lit. ``milch-cows''
2 the visions put into verses
3 the deeds
4 senses


Sūkta 3.35 

tíṣṭʰā hárī rátʰa ā́ yujyámānā yāhí vāyúrná niyúto no ácʰa |
píbāsyándʰo abʰísṛṣṭo asmé índra svā́hā rarimā́ te mádāya || 1||



1.  tiṣṭʰavp·Ao2s«√stʰā harijmda ratʰanmsl āp yujyamānatp·Amda«√yuj  
    yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā vāyunmsn nac niyutnfpa vayamr2mpg acʰap |
    pibāsivp·Ae2s«√pā andʰasnnsa abʰiṣṛṣṭajmsn vayamr1mpl  
    indraNmsv svāhāa rarimavp·I·1p«√rā tvamr2msg madanmsd 



1.  Resort to two being harnessed into a chariot tawny ones,
    [then] travel like the wind towards our series of verses,
    so that thou would drink the herb, O Indra, svā́hā!
    [that] we have granted for thy exhilaration.



úpājirā́ puruhūtā́ya sáptī hárī rátʰasya dʰūrṣvā́ yunajmi |
dravádyátʰā sámbʰṛtaṃ viśvátaścidúpemáṃ yajñámā́ vahāta índram || 2||



2.  upap ajirajmda (purua-hūtajms)jmsd saptinmda  
    harijmda ratʰanmsg dʰurnfpl āp yunajmivp·A·1s«√yuj |
    dravata yatʰāc sambʰṛtajmsa viśvatasa cidc  
    upap ayamr3msa yajñanmsa āp vahātasvp·Ae3d«√vah indraNmsa 



2.  Moreover, for the much invoked one two agile coursers, two tawny ones
    I yoke into harness of the chariot.
    so that just as quickly they will convey Indra to this,
    in every way prepared, sacrifice.



úpo nayasva vṛ́ṣaṇā tapuṣpótémava tváṃ vṛṣabʰa svadʰāvaḥ |
grásetāmáśvā ví mucehá śóṇā divédive sadṛ́śīraddʰi dʰānā́ḥ || 3||



3.  upap uc nayasvava·Ao2s«√nī vṛṣannmda (tapusnns-pājms)jmda  
    utac īmc tvamr2msn avavp·Ao2s«√av (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsv svadʰāvaṃsjmsv |
    grasetāmva·AE3d«√gras aśvanmdn vip mucavp·Ao2s«√muc ihac śoṇajmda  
    (divanmsl-divanmsl)a sadṛśījfpa addʰivp·Ao2s«√ad dʰānānfpa 



3.  Lead near two bulls, protectors of the heat,
    and do thou help [them], O resembling a bull, self-determining one!
    [These two] horses shall take into the mouth [some food]. Set here free the two reddish ones.
    Every day eat similar grains!



bráhmaṇā te brahmayújā yunajmi hárī sákʰāyā sadʰamā́da āśū́ |
stʰiráṃ rátʰaṃ sukʰámindrādʰitíṣṭʰanprajānánvidvā́m̐ úpa yāhi sómam || 4||



4.  bʰahmannnsi tvamr2msg (brahmannns-yujjms)jmda yunajmivp·A·1s«√yuj  
    harijmda sakʰinmda (sadʰaa-mādanms)nmsl āśujmda |
    stʰirajmsa ratʰanmsa sukʰajmsa indraNmsv adʰitiṣṭʰanttp·Amsn«adʰi~√stʰā  
    prajānanttp·Amsn«pra~√jñā vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid upap yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā somanmsa 



4.  With a formulation I yoke thy two to-be-yoked-by-formulation tawny ones,
    companions at a drinking bout, swift ones.
    O Indra, standing on sturdy well-naved chariot,
    anticipating [drinking], having found [the way], approach Soma [to drink it].



mā́ te hárī vṛ́ṣaṇā vītápṛṣṭʰā ní rīramanyájamānāso anyé |
atyā́yāhi śáśvato vayáṃ té'raṃ sutébʰiḥ kṛṇavāma sómaiḥ || 5||



5.  māc tvamr2msg harijmda vṛṣannmda (vītajms-pṛṣṭʰanns)jmda  
    nip rīramanvp·A·3p«√ram yajamānata·Ampn«√yaj anyajmpn |
    atyāyāhivp·Ao2s«ati-ā~√yā śaśvatjmpa vayamr1mpn tvamr2msd  
    arama sutajmpi kṛṇavāmavp·Ao1p«√kṛ somanmpi 



5.  May not other sacrificers detain
    thy two tawny having smooth back bulls!
    Bypass [them who are] numerous! We shall make [it] 
    suitable for thee with extracted Soma juices.



távāyáṃ sómastváméhyarvā́ṅcʰaśvattamáṃ sumánā asyá pāhi |
asmínyajñé barhíṣyā́ niṣádyā dadʰiṣvémáṃ jaṭʰára índumindra || 6||



6.  tvamr2msg ayamr3msn somanmsn tvamr2msn āp ihivp·Ao2s«√i arvācjmsn  
    śaśvattamama sumanasjmsn ayamr3msg pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā |
    ayamr3msl yajñanmsl barhisnnsl āp nisadyatp·A???«ni~√sad  
    dadʰiṣvava·Ao2s«√dʰā ayamr3msa jaṭʰarannsl indunmsa indraNmsv 



6.  Thy [is] this Soma, thou, coming hitherward, do come!
    Once more, well-disposed for this [Soma], drink [it]!
    Having settled onto sacrificial grass during this sacrifice,
    put this drop¹ of pure Soma into [thy] belly, O Indra!



stīrṇáṃ te barhíḥ sutá indra sómaḥ kṛtā́ dʰānā́ áttave te háribʰyām |
tádokase puruśā́kāya vṛ́ṣṇe marútvate túbʰyaṃ rātā́ havī́ṃṣi || 7||



7.  stīrṇajnsn tvamr2msd barhisnnsn sutajmsn indraNmsv somanmsn  
    kṛtajfpn dʰānānfpn attavev···D··«√ad tvamr2msg harijmdd |
    (tadr3ns-okasnns)jmsd (purujms-śākanms)jmsd vṛṣannmsd  
    marutvatjmsd tvamr2msd rātajnpn havisnnpn 



7.  The sacrificial grass [is] strewn for thee, extracted [is] Soma, O Indra
    Prepared is the grain for thy two tawny ones to eat.
    To having-refuge-in-that very-helpful bull,
    to thee, accompanied by Marut-s, oblations [are] presented.



imáṃ náraḥ párvatāstúbʰyamā́paḥ sámindra góbʰirmádʰumantamakran |
tásyāgátyā sumánā ṛṣva pāhi prajānánvidvā́npatʰyā̀ ánu svā́ḥ || 8||



8.  ayamr3msa nṛnmpn parvatanmpn tvamr2msd apnfpn  
    samp indraNmsv gonfpi madʰumatjmsa akranvp·Aa3p«√kṛ |
    sasr3msg āgatyatp·A???«ā~√gam sumanasjmsn ṛṣvajmsv pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā  
    prajānanttp·Amsn«pra~√jñā vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid patʰyānfpa anup svajfpa 



8.  Men, knotty ones, waters, together with cows 
    made this [Soma] rich in honey for thee, O Indra!
    Having learned of it², drink [it], being well-disposed, O helping in dire straights one,
    anticipating [drinking], having found [about it] in thy own ways.



yā́m̐ ā́bʰajo marúta indra sóme yé tvā́mávardʰannábʰavangaṇáste |
tébʰiretáṃ sajóṣā vāvaśānò'gnéḥ piba jihváyā sómamindra || 9||



9.  yasr3mpa āp abʰajasvp·Aa2s«√bʰaj marutNmpa indraNmsv somanmsl  
    yasr3mpn tvamr2msa avardʰanvp·Aa3p«√vṛdʰ abʰavanvp·Aa3p«√bʰū gaṇanmsn tvamr2msg |
    sasr3mpi etasr3msa sajoṣasjmsn vāvaśānataIAmsn«√vaś  
    agniNmsg pibavp·Ao2s«√pā jihvanmsi somaNmsa indraNmsv 



9.  Which Marut-s thou caused to share in the Soma, O Indra,
    which strengthened thee, they became thy troop,
    acting in harmony with them, eagerly desiring this [Soma],
    drink the Soma with Agni-s tongue, O Indra!



índra píba svadʰáyā citsutásyāgnérvā pāhi jihváyā yajatra |
adʰvaryórvā práyataṃ śakra hástāddʰóturvā yajñáṃ havíṣo juṣasva || 10||



10. indraNmsv pibavp·Ao2s«√pā svadʰānfsi cidc sutajmsg  
     agniNmsgc pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā jihvanmsi yajatrajmsv |
     adʰvaryunmsgc prayatajnsa śakrajmsv hastanmsb  
     hotṛnmsgc yajñanmsa havisnnsb juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣ 



10. O Indra, drink the extracted [Soma] on thy own accord,
    or drink [it] with Agni's tongue, O instrumental in a sacrifice!
    Either delight in what's offered from the adʰvaryu's hand, O empowering one,
    or [delight in] the invoker's sacrifice of the oblation!
------



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 11||



11. śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
     ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
     śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
     gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



11. Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 Indu
2 Soma


Sūkta 3.36 

imā́mū ṣú prábʰṛtiṃ sātáye dʰāḥ śáśvacʰaśvadūtíbʰiryā́damānaḥ |
sutésute vāvṛdʰe várdʰanebʰiryáḥ kármabʰirmahádbʰiḥ súśruto bʰū́t || 1||



1.  ayamr3fsa uc sup prabʰṛtinfsa sātinfsd dʰāsvp·U·2s«√dʰā  
    (śaśvata-śaśvata)a ūtinfpi yādamānata·Amsn«√yād |
    (sutanmsl-sutanmsl)a vavṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ vardʰanajnpi  
    yasr3msn karmannnpi mahatjnpi suśrutajmsn bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū 



1.  Thou placed well this offering for gaining,
    again and again running after¹ [its] side-effects.
    At every Soma libation he became stronger by means of strengthening [devices] 
    [he,] who should have became quite famous by [his] exalting deeds.



índrāya sómāḥ pradívo vídānā ṛbʰúryébʰirvṛ́ṣaparvā víhāyāḥ |
prayamyámānānpráti ṣū́ gṛbʰāyéndra píba vṛ́ṣadʰūtasya vṛ́ṣṇaḥ || 2||



2.  indraNmsd somanmpn pradivasa vidānata·Ampn«√vid  
    ṛbʰujmsn yasr3mpi (vṛṣannms-parvannns)jmsn vihāyasjmsn |
    prayamyamānataIAmpa«pra~√yam pratip sup gṛbʰāyavp·Ao2s«√gṛbʰāy  
    indraNmsv pibavp·Ao2s«√pā (vṛṣannms-dʰūtajms)jmsg vṛṣannmsg 



2.  From of old drops of Soma are known to be for Indra, 
    by means of which the skillful one, muscular like a bull, [becomes] active.
    Seize well those who offer themselves,
    O Indra, drink of agitated-like-a-bull bull!



píbā várdʰasva táva gʰā sutā́sa índra sómāsaḥ pratʰamā́ utémé |
yátʰā́pibaḥ pūrvyā́m̐ indra sómām̐ evā́ pāhi pányo adyā́ návīyān || 3||



3.  pibavp·Ao2s«√pā vardʰasvava·Ao2s«√vṛdʰ tvamr2msg gʰac sutajmpn  
    indraNmsv somanmpn pratʰamajmpn utac ayamr3mpn |
    yatʰāc apibasvp·Aa3s«√pā pūrvyajmpa indraNmsv somanmpa  
    evac pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā panyajmsn adyaa navīyajmpa 



3.  Drink, become stronger! Surely thy, O Indra,
    [are] extracted drops of Soma --- these and preceding ones;
    as thou drank previous drops of Soma,
    just so, to-be-admired today, drink the new ones.



mahā́m̐ ámatro vṛjáne virapśyùgráṃ śávaḥ patyate dʰṛṣṇvójaḥ |
nā́ha vivyāca pṛtʰivī́ canaínaṃ yátsómāso háryaśvamámandan || 4||



4.  mahatjmsn amatrajmsn vṛjanannsl virapśinjmsn  
    ugrajnsa śavasnnsn patyateva·A·3s«√pat dʰṛṣṇujnsa ojasnnsa |
    nac ahac vivyācavp·I·3s«√vyac pṛtʰivīnfsn canac enar3msa  
    yadc somanmpn (harijms-aśvanms)jmsa amandanvp·Aa3p«√mand 



4.  Exalting, compelling, in a sacrificial enclosure exuberant,
    he governs violent impulse to change [and] daring frenzy.
    Certainly, not even the Earth has contained him,
    when drops of Soma exhilarated having-tawny-horses one.



mahā́m̐ ugró vāvṛdʰe vīryā̀ya samā́cakre vṛṣabʰáḥ kā́vyena |
índro bʰágo vājadā́ asya gā́vaḥ prá jāyante dákṣiṇā asya pūrvī́ḥ || 5||



5.  mahatjmsn ugrajmsn vavṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ vīryannsd  
    samācakreva·I·3s«sam-ā~√kṛ (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn kāvyannsi |
    indraNmsn bʰagajmsn (vājanms-dājms)jmsn ayamr3msg gonfpn  
    prap jāyanteva·A·3p«√jan dakṣiṇānfpn ayamr3msg pūrvījfpa 



5.  Exalting, ferocious, he has become stronger;
    through poetry he, appearing as a bull, brought himself together for a deed of valor;
    Indra [is] well-being; his cows,² are giving a rush of vigour;
    his donations produce many [more donations].



prá yátsíndʰavaḥ prasaváṃ yátʰā́yannā́paḥ samudráṃ ratʰyèva jagmuḥ |
átaścidíndraḥ sádaso várīyānyádīṃ sómaḥ pṛṇáti dugdʰó aṃśúḥ || 6||



6.  prap yadc sindʰunmpn prasavanmsa yatʰāc āyanvp·Aa3p«√i  
    apnfpn samudranmsa ratʰīnfdn ivac jagmurvp·I·3p«√gam |
    ar3nsb cidc indraNmsn sadasnnsb varīyasjmsn  
    yadc īmr3msa somanmsn pṛṇativp·A·3s«√pṝ dugdʰajmsn aṃśunmsn 



6.  When rivers came forth as if by impulsion,
    the waters had set out towards the sea like two charioteers ---
    for exactly that reason Indra is wider than [this] seat³;
    when Soma [extract] fills him the stalk⁴ [is] milked.



samudréṇa síndʰavo yā́damānā índrāya sómaṃ súṣutaṃ bʰárantaḥ |
aṃśúṃ duhanti hastíno bʰarítrairmádʰvaḥ punanti dʰā́rayā pavítraiḥ || 7||



7.  samudranmsi sindʰunmpn yādamānata·Ampn«√yād  
    indraNmsd somanmsa suṣutajmsa bʰaranttp·Ampn«√bʰṛ |
    aṃśunmsa duhantivp·A·3p«√duh hastinjmpn bʰaritrannpi  
    madʰunnsg punantivp·A·3p«√pū dʰārānfsi pavitrannpi 



7.  The rivers, carrying extracted Soma for Indra,
    are running after the sea⁵.
    Those who have hands milk the stalk [of Soma herb] with tools for carrying⁶;
    along with the stream of honey⁷ they purify [the inner Soma] with [inner] filters.



hradā́ iva kukṣáyaḥ somadʰā́nāḥ sámī vivyāca sávanā purū́ṇi |
ánnā yádíndraḥ pratʰamā́ vyā́śa vṛtráṃ jagʰanvā́m̐ avṛṇīta sómam || 8||



8.  hradanmpn ivac kukṣinmpn (somanms-dʰānajms)nmpn  
    samp īc vivyācavp·I·3s«√vyac savanannpa purujnpa |
    annannpa yadc indraNmsn pratʰamajnpa vip āśavp·I·3s«√aś  
    vṛtrannsa jagʰanvaṅstp·Imsn«√han avṛṇītava·Aa3s«√vṛ somanmsa 



8.  Soma-receiving cavities are like lakes ---
    he has collected into himself many pressings;
    when Indra has obtained primary foods,
    he, having slayed Vṛtra, chose Soma.



ā́ tū́ bʰara mā́kiretátpári ṣṭʰādvidmā́ hí tvā vásupatiṃ vásūnām |
índra yátte mā́hinaṃ dátramástyasmábʰyaṃ táddʰaryaśva prá yandʰi || 9||



9.  āp tuc bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ mākisa etadr3nsa parip stʰātvp·UE3s«√stʰā  
    vidmavp·I·1p«√vid hic tvamr2msa (vasunns-patinms)nmsa vasunnpg |
    indraNmsv yadr3nsn tvamr2msg māhinajnsn datrannsn astivp·A·3s«√as  
    vayamr1mpd tadr3nsa (harijms-aśvanms)jmsv prap yandʰivp·Ao2s«√yam 



9.  Bring [it] here, please! May not this [Vṛtra] obstruct [it]!
    Since we know thee as an overseer of the benefit of beneficial things,
    O Indra what thy causing joy share there is,
    offer that to us, O having tawny horses one!



asmé prá yandʰi magʰavannṛjīṣinníndra rāyó viśvávārasya bʰū́reḥ |
asmé śatáṃ śarádo jīváse dʰā asmé vīrā́ñcʰáśvata indra śiprin || 10||



10. vayamr1mpd prap yandʰivp·Ao2s«√yam magʰavanjmsv ṛjīṣinjmsv  
     indraNmsv rainmsg (viśvanns-varajms)jmsg bʰūrijmsg |
     vayamr1mpd śatau śaradnfpa jīvasev···D··«√jīv dʰāsvp·U·2s«√dʰā  
     vayamr1mpd vīranmpa śaśvatjmpa indraNmsv śiprinjmsv 



10. Offer to us, O generous, having direct impact one,
    O Indra, [a share] of cherished by all abundant treasure!
    To us thou have given a hundred years to live,
    to us --- numerous heroes, O Indra, O selective one!



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 11||



11. śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
     ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
     śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
     gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



11. Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 or ``motivating thyself by''
2 evocative expressions
3 probably =``the sea' =``the heart cakra''
4 =the spine
5 directing their flow in the pursuit of the sea
6 that is, with fingers
7 Soma drink


Sūkta 3.37 

vā́rtrahatyāya śávase pṛtanāṣā́hyāya ca |
índra tvā́ vartayāmasi || 1||



1.  (vārtranns-hatyanns)nnsd śavasnnsd  
    (pṛtanānfs-sāhyanns)nnsd cac |
    indraNmsv tvamr2msa āp vartayāmasivpCA·1p«√vṛt 



1.  For killing Vṛtra's kind, for the impulse to change 
    and for victory in the battle 
    we roll thee [as a dice], O Indra!



arvācī́naṃ sú te mána utá cákṣuḥ śatakrato |
índra kṛṇvántu vāgʰátaḥ || 2||



2.  arvācīnajnsa sujnsa tvamr2msg manasnnsa  
    utac cakṣusnnsa (śatau-kratunms)jmsv |
    indraNmsv kṛṇvantuvp·Ao3p«√kṛ vāgʰatnmpn 



2.  Let those who make the effort 
    make thy mind and gaze turned towards what's good,
    O having a hundred wiles one, O Indra!
------



nā́māni te śatakrato víśvābʰirgīrbʰírīmahe |
índrābʰimātiṣā́hye || 3||



3.  nāmannnpa tvamr2msd (śatau-kratunms)jmsv  
    viśvājfpi girnfpi īmaheva·A·1p«√i |
    indraNmsv (abʰimātinfs-sāhyanns)nnsl 



3.  In conquering plotting enemies, O Indra,
    by means of all the chants we go to thy characteristic forms,
    O having a hundred wiles one!



puruṣṭutásya dʰā́mabʰiḥ śaténa mahayāmasi |
índrasya carṣaṇīdʰṛ́taḥ || 4||



4.  (purua-stutajms)jmsg dʰāmannnpi  
    śatau mahayāmasivpCA·1p«√mah |
    indraNmsg (carṣanijms-dʰṛtjms)jmsg 



4.  We make [those forms] to multiply
    through hundred abodes of the much-eulogized one ---
    of Indra holding those who draw to themselves,¹.



índraṃ vṛtrā́ya hántave puruhūtámúpa bruve |
bʰáreṣu vā́jasātaye || 5||



5.  indraNmsa vṛtrannsd hantavev···D··«√han  
    (purua-hūtajms)jmsa upap bruveva·A·1s«√brū |
    bʰaranmpl (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsd 



5.  For Vṛtra to be slain,
    to obtain a rush of vigour in battles
    I address Indra, the much invoked one.



vā́jeṣu sāsahírbʰava tvā́mīmahe śatakrato |
índra vṛtrā́ya hántave || 6||



6.  vājanmpl sāsahijmsn bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū  
    tvamr2msa īmaheva·A·1p«√i (śatau-kratunms)jmsv |
    indraNmsv vṛtrannsd hantavev···D··«√han 



6.  During rushes of vigour do become having-ways-to-prevail!
    We go to thee, O having a hundred wiles one,
    for Vṛtra to be slain, O Indra!



dyumnéṣu pṛtanā́jye pṛtsutū́rṣu śrávassu ca |
índra sā́kṣvābʰímātiṣu || 7||



7.  dyumnannpl (pṛtanānfs-ājyajms)nmsl  
    (pṛtnfpl-turjms)jnpl śravasnnpl cac |
    indraNmsv sākṣvava·Ao2s«√sah abʰimātinfpl 



7.  During illuminating² close combats
    and in spanning fights auditory impressions,
    O Indra, prevail in [the presence of] plotting enemies.
------



śuṣmíntamaṃ na ūtáye dyumnínaṃ pāhi jā́gṛvim |
índra sómaṃ śatakrato || 8||



8.  śuṣmintamajmsa vayamr1msa ūtinfsd  
    dyumninnmsa pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā jāgṛvijmsa |
    indraNmsv somanmsa (śatau-kratunms)jmsv 



8.  To help us, drink the most fiery,
    illuminating, keeping [us] awake
    Soma, O having a hundred wiles Indra!



indriyā́ṇi śatakrato yā́ te jáneṣu pañcásu |
índra tā́ni ta ā́ vṛṇe || 9||



9.  indriyannpa (śatau-kratunms)jmsv  
    yadr3npa tvamr2msg jananmpl pañcajmpl |
    indraNmsv tadr3npa tvamr2msg āp vṛṇeva·A·1s«√vṛ 



9.  Which thy, O having a hundred wiles one,
    powers over affections, [are] among the five tribes 
    those of thee, O Indra, I choose.



ágannindra śrávo bṛháddyumnáṃ dadʰiṣva duṣṭáram |
útte śúṣmaṃ tirāmasi || 10||



10. aganvp·Aa3s«√gam indraNmsv śravasnnsa bṛhatjnsa  
     dyumnannsa dadʰiṣvava·Ao2s«√dʰā duṣṭarajnsa |
     udc tvamr2msg śuṣmanmsa tirāmasivp·A·1p«√tṝ 



10. He, O Indra, set out towards extensive³ auditory impression.
    Put [into us] difficult to surpass power to illuminate ---
    [and] we [will] transfer thy fervor upwards.



arvāváto na ā́ gahyátʰo śakra parāvátaḥ |
u lokó yáste adriva índrehá táta ā́ gahi || 11||



11. arvāvatnfsb vayamr1mpa āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam  
     atʰāc uc śakrajmsv parāvatnfsb |
     uc lokanmsn yasr3msn tvamr2msd adrivatjmsv  
     indraNmsv ihaa tadr3nsb āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam 



11. Approach us from near
    or from afar, O empowering one!
    The wide [mental] space which [is] for thee, O stone-wielder,
    [is] here -- for that reason, O Indra, approach [us]!


1 that is, the senses
2 that is, revealing enemy strengths and weaknesses
3 or, ``loud''


Sūkta 3.38 

abʰí táṣṭeva dīdʰayā manīṣā́mátyo ná vājī́ sudʰúro jíhānaḥ |
abʰí priyā́ṇi mármṛśatpárāṇi kavī́m̐ricʰāmi saṃdṛ́śe sumedʰā́ḥ || 1||



1.  abʰip taṣṭṛnmsn ivac dīdʰayavp·I·1s«√dʰī manīṣānfsa  
    atyanmsn nac vājinjmsn sudʰurajmsn jihānajmsn |
    abʰip priyajnpa marmṛśatv·I·D··«√mṛś parajnpa  
    kavinmpa icʰāmivp·A·1s«√iṣ saṃdṛśv···D··«sam~√dṛś sumedʰasjmsn 



1.  Like a chariot-builder, I have reflected upon [this] conception,
    like having a rush of vigour well-attached to the pole [of a chariot] courser [that is] leaping forward.
    To touch upon cherished [but] past [things] 
    I, having a good intent, seek poets [in order] to behold [those things].



inótá pṛcʰa jánimā kavīnā́ṃ manodʰṛ́taḥ sukṛ́tastakṣata dyā́m |
imā́ u te praṇyò várdʰamānā mánovātā ádʰa nú dʰármaṇi gman || 2||



2.  inajnpa utac pṛcʰavp·Ao2s«√pracʰ janimannnsa kavinmpg  
    (manasnns-dʰṛtjms)jmpn sukṛtjmpn takṣatavp·AE2p«√takṣ dyunmsa |
    ayamr3fpa uc tvamr2msg praṇījfpa vardʰamānajmpn  
    (manasnns-vātanms)jmpn adʰac nuc dʰarmannnsl gmanvp·AE3p«√gam 



2.  And ask [that] generation of poets about infusing strength [events] ---
    maintaining [the] impression, ye, skillful, shall design the Heaven¹.
    Augmenting these thy hints, 
    having mind like the wind, they should therefore bring it into an arrangement.



ní ṣīmídátra gúhyā dádʰānā utá kṣatrā́ya ródasī sámañjan |
sáṃ mā́trābʰirmamiré yemúrurvī́ antármahī́ sámṛte dʰā́yase dʰuḥ || 3||



3.  nip sīmr3nsa idc ar3nsl guhyajnpa dadʰānata·Ampn«√dʰā  
    utac kṣatrannsd rodasnnda samp añjanvp·AE3p«√añj |
    samp mātrānfpi mamireva·I·3p«√mā yemurva·I·3p«√yam urvījnda  
    antara mahinjmsn samṛtajnda dʰāyasnnsd dʰurvp·UE3p«√dʰā 



3.  In this case they [are] putting even secret [events] into it
    and shall fit together the two Rodas-es for the dominion [of Indra];
    by degrees they have made equal² [and at the same time] have spread the two wide ones.
    Between [the two is] the one who possesses the might³; they shall set the two in harmony with each other for sustenance.
------



ātíṣṭʰantaṃ pári víśve abʰūṣañcʰríyo vásānaścarati svárociḥ |
maháttádvṛ́ṣṇo ásurasya nā́mā́ viśvárūpo amṛ́tāni tastʰau || 4||



4.  ātiṣṭʰanttp·Am?a«ā~√stʰā parip viśvajmpn abʰūṣanvp·Aa3p«√bʰūṣ  
    śrīnfpa vasānata·A?s?«√vas carativp·A·3s«√car svarocisnmsn |
    mahatjnsn tadr3nsn vṛṣannmsg asuranmsg nāmannnsn  
    āp (viśvanns-rūpanns)jmsn amṛtannpa tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā 



4.  All sought to attend to him, [who is] staying around [the kindling];
    [now] he, wearing auspicious marks, self-shining, roams around.
    Exalting is the nature of the bull [that is] a guiding spirit.
    He, who can assume shape of everything, has resorted to imperishable.
------



ásūta pū́rvo vṛṣabʰó jyā́yānimā́ asya śurúdʰaḥ santi pūrvī́ḥ |
dívo napātā vidátʰasya dʰībʰíḥ kṣatráṃ rājānā pradívo dadʰātʰe || 5||



5.  asūtavp·Aa3s«√sū pūrvajmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn jyāyaṃsjmsn  
    ayamr3fpa ayamr3msg śurudʰjfpa santivp·A·3p«√as pūrvījfpn |
    dyunmsg napātnmdn vidatʰannsg dʰīnfpi  
    kṣatrannsa rājannmdv pradivasa dadʰātʰeva·I·3d«√dʰā 



5.  The ancient one, resembling a bull, the most oppressing one,
    brought forth these; his are many proliferating riches.
    By means of knowledge-sharing session's visions you⁴, O two offsprings of the Heaven,
    have established long ago [his] dominion, O two chieftains!



trī́ṇi rājānā vidátʰe purū́ṇi pári víśvāni bʰūṣatʰaḥ sádāṃsi |
ápaśyamátra mánasā jaganvā́nvraté gandʰarvā́m̐ ápi vāyúkeśān || 6||



6.  triu rājannmdv vidatʰannsl purujnpa  
    parip viśvajnpa bʰūṣatʰasvp·A·2d«√bʰūṣ sadasnnpa |
    apaśyamvp·Aa1s«√paś ar3nsl manasnnsi jaganvaṃstp·I?s?«√gam  
    vratannsl gandʰarvaNmpa apip (vāyunms-keśanms)jmpa 



6.  In a knowledge-sharing session you, O two kings,
    seek to attend to three, [or] many, seats, each and every one [of them].
    I saw in this case, having gone with the mind to [that] realm,
    Gandʰarva-s having winds for hairs,⁵.



tádínnvasya vṛṣabʰásya dʰenórā́ nā́mabʰirmamire sákmyaṃ góḥ |
anyádanyadasuryàṃ vasānā ní māyíno mamire rūpámasmin || 7||



7.  tadr3nsa idc nuc ayamr3msg (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsg dʰenunfsb āp  
    nāmannnpi mamireva·I·3p«√mā sakmyannsa gonfsg |
    (anyatjns-anyatjns)a asuryannsa vasānajmpn  
    nip māyinnmpn mamireva·I·3p«√mā rūpannsa ayamr3msl 



7.  Just that of this one resembling the bull --- the peculiar nature of a cow
    they measured out from the milch-cow⁶ by using [various] names [for it].
    Wearing one guise⁷ after another,
    they who have power to frame [ideas and perception] adjusted in him the form.



tádínnvasya savitúrnákirme hiraṇyáyīmamátiṃ yā́máśiśret |
ā́ suṣṭutī́ ródasī viśvaminvé ápīva yóṣā jánimāni vavre || 8||



8.  tadr3nsa idc nuc ayamr3msg savitṛnmsg nakisc ahamr1msg  
    hiraṇyayījfsa amatinfsa yasr3fsa aśiśretvp·Aa3s«√śri |
    āp suṣṭutijnsi rodasnnda (viśvannsa-invajms)jnda  
    apip ivac yoṣānfsn janimasssnnnpa vavreva·I·1s«√vṛ 



8.  Just that of this impeller⁸ [is] not for me ---
    the abounding in gold inciting-to-act definitiveness to which he resorted ---
    with correctly articulated praise I have put a [protective] cover over invigorating everything two Rodas-es
    like a young woman [cover her] offsprings.



yuváṃ pratnásya sādʰatʰo mahó yáddaívī svastíḥ pári ṇaḥ syātam |
gopā́jihvasya tastʰúṣo vírūpā víśve paśyanti māyínaḥ kṛtā́ni || 9||



9.  tvamr2mdn pratnajmsg sādʰatʰasvp·A·2d«√sādʰ mahjmsg  
    yadr3nsn daivījfsn svastinfsn paria vayamr1mpa syātamvp·Ai2d«√as |
    (gonfs-pājms-jihvanms)jmsg tastʰivaṅstp·Imsg«√stʰā virūpannpa  
    viśvajmpn paśyantivp·A·3p«√paś māyinnmsg kṛtannpa 



9.  You two complete that of the primordial, mighty [one],
    you two could be for us the divine blessing in abundance!
    All see the deeds of him who has the power to frame [ideas and perception],
    of him⁹, whose flames,¹⁰ are protecting, who is resorting to various shapes.
------



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 10||



10. śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
     ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
     śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
     gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



10. Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 here = ``mental landscape''
2 proportional to each other
3 inner Agni
4 the two Aśvin-s
5 =strings of their lutes
6 prob. Pṛśṇi
7 asurya`
8 the sun
9 inner Agni
10 lit. ``tongue''


Sūkta 3.39 

índraṃ matírhṛdá ā́ vacyámānā́cʰā pátiṃ stómataṣṭā jigāti |
yā́ jā́gṛvirvidátʰe śasyámānéndra yátte jā́yate viddʰí tásya || 1||



1.  indraNmsa matinfsn hṛdnnsb āp vacyamānāta·Afsn«√vañc  
    acʰāp patinmsa (stomanms-taṣṭajms)jfsn jigātivp·A·3s«√gā |
    yasr3fsn jāgṛvijfsn vidatʰannsl śasyamānātp·Afsn«√śaṃs  
    indraNmsv yadr3nsn tvamr2msd jāyateva·A·3s«√jan viddʰivp·Ao2s«√vid tasr3nsg 



1.  O Indra, the mental gesture [is] poured forth from the heart;
    towards the protector she goes, fashioned as a hymn of praise,
    [she,] being recited during a knowledge-sharing session, is keeping [us] awake ---
    which¹ happens for thy, O Indra, sake, know that!



diváścidā́ pūrvyā́ jā́yamānā ví jā́gṛvirvidátʰe śasyámānā |
bʰadrā́ vástrāṇyárjunā vásānā séyámasmé sanajā́ pítryā dʰī́ḥ || 2||



2.  dyunmsb cidc āp pūrvyājfsn jāyamānatp·Afsn«√jan  
    vip jāgṛvijfsn vidatʰannsl śasyamānātp·Afsn«√śaṃs |
    bʰadrajnpa vastrannpa arjunajnpa vasānāta·Afsn«√vas  
    sasr3fsn ayamr3fsn vayamr1mpl sanajājfsn pitryājfsn dʰīnfsn 



2.  Indeed from the Heaven the peerless [chant] [is] being born ---
    she, recited in parts during a knowledge-sharing session, is keeping [us] awake.
    Wearing auspicious, silvery clothes,
    she, this one in us, [is] a born long ago ancestral vision.



yamā́ cidátra yamasū́rasūta jihvā́yā ágraṃ pátadā́ hyástʰāt |
vápūṃṣi jātā́ mitʰunā́ sacete tamohánā tápuṣo budʰná étā || 3||



3.  yamanmda cidc ar3nsl yamasūjfsn asūtavp·Aa3s«√sū  
    jihvānfsg agrajnsa patatvp·AE3s«√pat āp hic astʰātvp·U·3s«√stʰā |
    vapusnnpa jātānmdn mitʰunajmdn saceteva·A·3d«√sac  
    (tamasnns-hanjfs)jmdn tapusjmsg budʰnanmsl etajmdn 



3.  She who brings twins,² brought forth in this case indeed twins;
    because she remained [with us], she should rush to the tip of the tongue.
    Brought into existence, the pair accompany wondrous appearances;
    approaching the basis of the burning one³ [the two are] averting inertia.
------



nákireṣāṃ ninditā́ mártyeṣu yé asmā́kaṃ pitáro góṣu yodʰā́ḥ |
índra eṣāṃ dṛṃhitā́ mā́hināvānúdgotrā́ṇi sasṛje daṃsánāvān || 4||



4.  nakisc ayamr3mpg ninditṛnmsn martyajmpl  
    yasr3mpn vayamr1mpg pitṛnmpn gonmpl yodʰanmpn |
    indraNmsn ayamr3mpg dṛṃhitṛnmsn māhinavantjmsn  
    udc gotrannpa sasṛjeva·I·3s«√sṛj daṃsanāvantjmsn 



4.  No one of these mortals here is a scoffer ---
    those who [are] our fathers [were] fighters among oxen⁴.
    Indra [is] possessing-ability-to-expand strengthener of these ones;
    he, endowed with wonderful power, created lineages [of warriors].



sákʰā ha yátra sákʰibʰirnávagvairabʰijñvā́ sátvabʰirgā́ anugmán |
satyáṃ tádíndro daśábʰirdáśagvaiḥ sū́ryaṃ viveda támasi kṣiyántam || 5||



5.  sakʰinmsn hac yatrac sakʰinmpi navagvajmpi  
    abʰijñua āp satvannmpi gonfpa anugmanvp·AE3p«anu~√gam |
    satyajnsn tadr3nsn indraNmsn daśau daśagvanmpi  
    sūryanmsa vivedavp·I·3s«√vid tamasnnsl kṣiyanttp·Amsa«√kṣi 



5.  Whenever a companion with companions Navagva-s ---
    crouching fighters --- shall go after cows,
    it means that Indra with the ten daśagva-s⁵,
    has found the sun residing in the darkness.



índro mádʰu sámbʰṛtamusríyāyāṃ padvádviveda śapʰávannáme góḥ |
gúhā hitáṃ gúhyaṃ gūḷhámapsú háste dadʰe dákṣiṇe dákṣiṇāvān || 6||



6.  indraNmsn madʰunnsa sambʰṛtajnsa usriyājfsl  
    padvatjnsa vivedavp·I·3s«√vid śapʰavatjnsa namanmsl gonfsg |
    guhānfsl hitajnsa guhyajnsa gūḷhajnsa apnfpl  
    hastanmsl dadʰeva·I·3s«√dʰā dakṣiṇajmsl dakṣiṇāvantjmsn 



6.  Indra [has found] the honey accumulated in appearing at dawn [stream];
    he has found having feet having hoofs one in the bend of a cow.
    He, giving sacrificial presents, held in the right hand
    [him, who is] established in the cavern, to be concealed, [who is] hidden in the waters.



jyótirvṛṇīta támaso vijānánnāré syāma duritā́dabʰī́ke |
imā́ gíraḥ somapāḥ somavṛddʰa juṣásvendra purutámasya kāróḥ || 7||



7.  jyotisnnsa vṛṇītava·AE3s«√vṛ tamasnnsb vijānanttp·Amsn«vi~√jñā  
    ārea syāmavp·Ai1p«√as duritannsb abʰīkannsl |
    ayamr3fpa girnfpa (somanms-pājms)jmsv (somanms-vṛddʰajms)jmsn  
    juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣ indraNmsv purutamajmsg kārunmsg 



7.  He, discerning, shall choose light instead of darkness!
    May in an adversity we be far from a bad course!
    Delight in these chants, O Soma-drinking, strengthened by Soma one,
    of the best-among-many singer of eulogies, O Indra!



jyótiryajñā́ya ródasī ánu ṣyādāré syāma duritásya bʰū́reḥ |
bʰū́ri ciddʰí tujató mártyasya supārā́so vasavo barháṇāvat || 8||



8.  jyotisnnsn yajñanmsd rodasnnda anup syātvp·Ai3s«√as  
    ārea syāmavp·Ai1p«√as duritannsg bʰūrinnsb |
    bʰūrinnsa cidc hic tujatasvp·A·3d«√tuj martyajmsg  
    supārajmpn vasunmpv barhaṇāvatjnsn 



8.  May [that] light be around both Rodas-es for [to be performed next] fire offering!
    may we be far from the multitude of difficulties ---
    because the two bring to fore the very multitude [of distractions] of a mortal,
    [may you be] giving energetically [to us] an easy passage, O beneficial ones!



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 9||



9.  śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
    ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
    śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
    gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



9.  Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 the teaching session
2 the two Aśvin-s
3 inner Agni
4 =bullies
5 prob. maṇipūra cakra


Sūkta 3.40 

índra tvā vṛṣabʰáṃ vayáṃ suté sóme havāmahe |
sá pāhi mádʰvo ándʰasaḥ || 1||



1.  indraNmsv tvamr2msa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa vayamr1msn  
    sutanmsl somanmsl havāmaheva·A·1p«√hū |
    sasr3msn pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā madʰunnsg andʰasnnsg 



1.  O Indra, thee, appearing as a bull,
    we summon to extracted Soma!
    Such thou, drink of the honey from herb!



índra kratuvídaṃ sutáṃ sómaṃ harya puruṣṭuta |
píbā́ vṛṣasva tā́tṛpim || 2||



2.  indraNmsv (kratunms-vidjms)jmsa sutajmsa  
    somanmsa haryavp·Ao2s«√hary (purua-stutajms)jmsv |
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā vṛṣasvava·Ao2s«√vṛṣ tatṛpijmsa 



2.  O Indra, enjoy knowing-a-path-to-understanding
    extracted Soma, O much-eulogized one!
    Drink, drench [thyself] with the ever-satisfying [Soma]!



índra prá ṇo dʰitā́vānaṃ yajñáṃ víśvebʰirdevébʰiḥ |
tirá stavāna viśpate || 3||



3.  indraNmsv prap vayamr1msg dʰitāvanjmsa yajñanmsa viśvajmpi devanmpi |
    tiravp·Ao2s«√tṝ stavānajmsv (viśnfs-patinms)nmsv 



3.  O Indra, together with all deva-s
    elevate our containing many offerings sacrifice,
    O extolled chief of the [celestial] tribes!



índra sómāḥ sutā́ imé táva prá yanti satpate |
kṣáyaṃ candrā́sa índavaḥ || 4||



4.  indraNmsv somanmpn sutajmpn ayamr3mpn  
    tvamr2msg prap yantivp·A·3p«√i (satnns-patinms)nmsv |
    kṣayanmsa candrajmpn indunmpn 



4.  O Indra, these extracted Soma juices,
    scintillating drops of pure Soma
    approach thy abode, O overseer of what's real!



dadʰiṣvā́ jaṭʰáre sutáṃ sómamindra váreṇyam |
táva dyukṣā́sa índavaḥ || 5||



5.  dadʰiṣvava·Ao2s«√dʰā jaṭʰarannsl sutajmsa  
    somanmsa indraNmsv vareṇyajmsa |
    tvamr2msg (dyunms-kṣajms)jmpn indunmpn 



5.  Put [this] extracted Soma [that is] to be preferred [to all others], 
    into [thy] belly, O Indra!
    Thy [are] empowered by the Heaven drops of pure Soma! 



gírvaṇaḥ pāhí naḥ sutáṃ mádʰordʰā́rābʰirajyase |
índra tvā́dātamídyáśaḥ || 6||



6.  (girnfs-vanasnns)jmsv pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā vayamr1mpg sutajmsa  
    madʰunnsg dʰārānfpi ajyaseva·A·2s«√añj |
    indraNmsv (tvamr2msi-dātajms)jnsn idc yaśasnnsn 



6.  O longing for a chant one, drink our extracted [Soma]!
    Thou are made to appear with streams of honey,
    O Indra! Worth is only given by thee!



abʰí dyumnā́ni vanína índraṃ sacante ákṣitā |
pītvī́ sómasya vāvṛdʰe || 7||



7.  abʰip dyumnannpn vaninjmsg indraNmsa sacanteva·A·3p«√sac akṣitajnpn |
    pītvītp·A???«√pā somanmsg vāvṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ 



7.  Inexhaustible powers to illuminate of him¹ 
    who is in possession of the spinal cord accompany Indra.
    Having drunk Soma, he became stronger.



arvāváto na ā́ gahi parāvátaśca vṛtrahan |
imā́ juṣasva no gíraḥ || 8||



8.  arvāvatnfsb vayamr1mpa āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam  
    parāvatnfsb cac (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsv |
    ayamr3fpa juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣ vayamr1mpg girnfpa 



8.  Come to us from nearby
    or from afar, O slayer of Vṛtra!
    Delight in these our chants!



yádantarā́ parāvátamarvāvátaṃ ca hūyáse |
índrehá táta ā́ gahi || 9||



9.  yadc antarāa parāvatnfsa arvāvatnfsa cac hūyasevp·A·2s«√hve |
    indraNmsv ihaa tadr3nsb āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam 



9.  When thou are called upon 
    in between of being afar and nearby
    O Indra, come then to this place!


1 Soma


Sūkta 3.41 

ā́ tū́ na indra madryàggʰuvānáḥ sómapītaye |
háribʰyāṃ yāhyadrivaḥ || 1||



1.  āp tuc vayamr1mpa indraNmsv madryaka  
    huvānata·Amsn«√hve (somanms-pītinfs)nfsd |
    harijmdi yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā adrivatjmsv 



1.  Towards us, please, Indra, towards me,
    do journey by means of the two tawny ones, O stone-wielder,
    being summoned for a draught of Soma.



sattó hótā na ṛtvíyastistiré barhírānuṣák |
áyujranprātárádrayaḥ || 2||



2.  sattajmsn hotṛnmsn vayamr1mpg ṛtviyajmsn  
    tistirevp·A·3s«√stṛ barhisnnsa ānuṣaka |
    ayujranva·U·3p«√yuj prātara adrinmpa 



2.  Our seated invoker knows the proper time;
    sacrificial grass is spread; one after the other
    the stones have been employed at daybreak.



imā́ bráhma brahmavāhaḥ kriyánta ā́ barhíḥ sīda |
vīhí śūra puroḷā́śam || 3||



3.  ayamr3npn brahmannnsa (brahmannns-vāhasnns)jmsv  
    kriyantevp·A·3p«√kṛ āp barhisnnsa sīdavp·Ao2s«√sad |
    vīhivp·Ao2s«√vī śūranmsv puroḷāśannsa 



3.  These [words] are effected as a sacred formula, O who is conveyed by a formulation,
    sit on sacrificial grass!
    Accept, O agent of change, the sacrificial cake!



rārandʰí sávaneṣu ṇa eṣú stómeṣu vṛtrahan |
uktʰéṣvindra girvaṇaḥ || 4||



4.  rārandʰivpIAo2s«√raṇ savanannpl vayamr1mpg  
    ayamr3mpl stomanmpl (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsv |
    uktʰannpi indraNmsv (girnfs-vanasnns)jmsv 



4.  Take pleasure again and again in our pressings,
    in these hymns of praise, O slayer of Vṛtra,
    in recited verses, O longing for a chant Indra!



matáyaḥ somapā́murúṃ rihánti śávasaspátim |
índraṃ vatsáṃ ná mātáraḥ || 5||



5.  matinfpn (somanms-pājms)jmsa urujmsa  
    rihantivp·A·3p«√rih śavasnnsg patinmsa |
    indraNmsa vatsanmsa nac mātṛnfpn 



5.  Mental gestures caress drinking Soma 
    spacious master of the impulse to change ---
    Indra --- like mother [caress] a calf.



sá mandasvā hyándʰaso rā́dʰase tanvā̀ mahé |
ná stotā́raṃ nidé karaḥ || 6||



6.  sasr3msn mandasvava·Ao2s«√mand hic andʰasnnsb  
    rādʰasnnsd tanūnfsi mahjnsd |
    nac stotṛnmsa nidnfsd karasvp·AE2s«√kṛ 



6.  Such thou just become inflamed by the herb
    to accomplish by thyself satisfaction of strong desire,
    do not make the hymn-singer an object of ridicule!



vayámindra tvāyávo havíṣmanto jarāmahe |
utá tvámasmayúrvaso || 7||



7.  vayamr1mpn indraNmsv (tvamr2msa-yujms)jmpn  
    haviṣmantjmpn jarāmaheva·A·1p«√jṛ |
    utac tvamr2msn asmayujmsn vasujmsv 



7.  We, O Indra, seeking thee,
    approach with oblations,
    and thou are attracting us, O beneficial one!



mā́ré asmádví mumuco háripriyārvā́ṅyāhi |
índra svadʰāvo mátsvehá || 8||



8.  māc ārea vayamr1mpb vip mumucasvp·AE2s«√muc  
    (harijms-priyajms)jmsv arvācjmsn yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā |
    indraNmsv svadʰāvaṃsjmsv matsvava·Ao2s«√mad ihaa 



8.  Do not release [thy horses] far from us!
    O to whom tawny ones are dear, journey coming hither!
    O self-determining Indra, become exhilarated here!



arvā́ñcaṃ tvā sukʰé rátʰe váhatāmindra keśínā |
gʰṛtásnū barhírāsáde || 9||



9.  arvācjmsa tvamr2msa sukʰajmsl ratʰanmsl  
    vahatāmvp·AE3d«√vah indranmsv keśinjmdn |
    (gʰṛtanns-snujms)jmdn barhisnnsa āsadev···D··«ā~√sad 



9.  Two hairy ones, dripping with ghee, shall convey thee,
    coming hitherward, in a well-naved chariot
    to sit on a sacrificial grass.






Sūkta 3.42 

úpa naḥ sutámā́ gahi sómamindra gávāśiram |
háribʰyāṃ yáste asmayúḥ || 1||



1.  upap vayamr1mpg sutajmsa āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam  
    somanmsa indraNmsv (gonfs-āśirnfs)jmsa |
    harijmdd yasr3msn tvamr2msg asmayujmsn 



1.  ``Come towards our extracted Soma,
    O Indra, [Soma that is] mixed with milk,
    that is attracting us for the sake of thy two tawny ones.



támindra mádamā́ gahi barhiṣṭʰā́ṃ grā́vabʰiḥ sutám |
kuvínnvasya tṛpṇávaḥ || 2||



2.  sasr3msa indraNmsv madanmsa āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam  
    barhiṣṭʰājmsa grāvannmpi sutajmsa |
    (kuc-idc)c nuc ayamr3msg tṛpṇavasvp·Ae2s«√tṛp 



2.  Come to this exhilaration, O Indra,
    to placed on sacrificial grass, extracted by pressing-stones [drink]!
    Would thou be at once satisfied with it?'' 
------



índramittʰā́ gíro mámā́cʰāguriṣitā́ itáḥ |
āvṛ́te sómapītaye || 3||



3.  indraNmsa ittʰāc girnfpn ahamr1msg  
    acʰāp agurvp·U·3p«√gā iṣitajfpn ir3nsb |
    āvṛtev···D··«ā~√vṛt (somanms-pītinfs)nfsd 



3.  Thus my songs, send off from here,
    pursued Indra 
    to turn [him] here for a draught of Soma.



índraṃ sómasya pītáye stómairihá havāmahe |
uktʰébʰiḥ kuvídāgámat || 4||



4.  indraNmsa somanmsg pītinfsd  
    stomanmpi ihaa havāmaheva·A·1p«√hū |
    uktʰannpi (kuc-idc)c āgamatvp·Ae3s«ā~√gam 



4.  We summon Indra here
    for a draught of Soma with hymns of praise;
    Would he come [if were summoned] with recited verses?
------



índra sómāḥ sutā́ imé tā́ndadʰiṣva śatakrato |
jaṭʰáre vājinīvaso || 5||



5.  indraNmsv somanmpn sutajmpn ayamr3mpn  
    sasr3mpa dadʰiṣvava·Ao2s«√dʰā (śatau-kratunms)jmsv |
    jaṭʰarannsl (vājinīnfs-vasujms)jmsv 



5.  O Indra, these extracted Soma juices ---
    put them, O having a hundred wiles one,
    into [thy] belly, O kind to her who possesses the rush of vigour!



vidmā́ hí tvā dʰanaṃjayáṃ vā́jeṣu dadʰṛṣáṃ kave |
ádʰā te sumnámīmahe || 6||



6.  vidmavp·I·1p«√vid hic tvamr2msa (dʰanannsa-jayajms)jmsa  
    vājanmpl dadʰṛṣajmsa kavinmsv |
    adʰac tvamr2msg sumnannsa īmaheva·A·1p«√i 



6.  Since we know thee as winning the prize,
    as daring in conflicts, O gifted with insight one, 
    therefore we resort to thy benevolence.



imámindra gávāśiraṃ yávāśiraṃ ca naḥ piba |
āgátyā vṛ́ṣabʰiḥ sutám || 7||



7.  ayamr3msa indraNmsv (gonfs-āśirnfs)jmsa  
    (yavanms-āśirnfs)jmsa cac vayamr1mpd pibavp·Ao2s«√pā |
    āgatyatp·A???«ā~√gam vṛṣannmpi sutajmsa 



7.  This, O Indra, mixed with milk
    and mixed with barley extracted by bulls [Soma]
    drink for our sake, having come here.



túbʰyédindra svá okyè sómaṃ codāmi pītáye |
eṣá rārantu te hṛdí || 8||



8.  tvamr2msd idc indraNmsv svajmsl okyannsl  
    somanmsa codāmivp·A·1s«√cud pītinfsd |
    eṣasr3msn rārantuvp·Ao3s«√raṇ tvamr2msg hṛdnnsl 



8.  Just for thee, O Indra, in my own house
    I hasten Soma for a drink.
    May it in thy heart delight [thee]!



tvā́ṃ sutásya pītáye pratnámindra havāmahe |
kuśikā́so avasyávaḥ || 9||



9.  tvamr2msa sutajmsg pītinfsd  
    pratnajmsa indraNmsv havāmaheva·A·1p«√hū |
    kuśikaNmpn (avasnns-yujms)jmpn 



9.  Thee, the primordial one, O Indra,
    we, descendants of Kuśika, seeking help,
    summon for a drink of extracted [Soma].






Sūkta 3.43 

ā́ yāhyarvā́ṅúpa vandʰureṣṭʰā́stávédánu pradívaḥ somapéyam |
priyā́ sákʰāyā ví mucópa barhístvā́mimé havyavā́ho havante || 1||



1.  āp yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā arvācjmsn upap (vandʰurannsl-stʰājms)jmsn  
    tvamr2msg idc anup pradivasa (somanms-peyanms)nmsa |
    priyajmda sakʰinmda vip mucavp·Ao2s«√muc upap barhisnnsa  
    tvamr2msa ayamr3mpn (havyanns-vahjms)jmpn havanteva·A·3p«√hū 



1.  Coming hitherward, stationed on a chariot seat, journey here!
    After a long time --- to a Soma libation that is only thy!
    Set free two cherished companions near the sacrificial grass;
    these here, bearing oblations, call upon thee!



ā́ yāhi pūrvī́ráti carṣaṇī́rā́m̐ aryá āśíṣa úpa no háribʰyām |
imā́ hí tvā matáya stómataṣṭā índra hávante sakʰyáṃ juṣāṇā́ḥ || 2||



2.  āp yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā pūrvījfpa atip carṣaṇinfpa  
    āp aryajmsn āśisnfsb upap vayamr1mpg harijmdi |
    ayamr3fpn hic tvamr2msa matinfpn (stomanms-taṣṭajms)jfpn  
    indraNmsv havanteva·A·3p«√hū sakʰyannsa juṣāṇata·Afpn«√juṣ 



2.  Journey here beyond many drawing to themselves,¹
    here, to be conducted upwards per our hopes, with tawny ones,
    because these mental gestures, fashioned as a hymn of praise, call upon thee,
    O Indra, allowing ``like-mindedness'' [with thee]².



ā́ no yajñáṃ namovṛ́dʰaṃ sajóṣā índra deva háribʰiryāhi tū́yam |
aháṃ hí tvā matíbʰirjóhavīmi gʰṛtáprayāḥ sadʰamā́de mádʰūnām || 3||



3.  āp vayamr1mpg yajñanmsa (namasnns-vṛdʰjms)jmsa sajoṣasjmsn  
    indraNmsv devanmsv harijmpi yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā tūyama |
    ahamr1msn hic tvamr2msa matinfpi johavīmivpIA·1s«√hve  
    (gʰṛtanns-prayasnns)jmsn (sadʰaa-mādanms)nmsl madʰunnpg 



3.  Here, to our strengthening-the-reverence fire offering,
    [thou,] acting in harmony with tawny ones, O deva Indra, journey quickly,
    because I summon thee again and again with mental gestures,
    [I,] having ghee to delight in at a drinking-sweets bout.
------



ā́ ca tvā́metā́ vṛ́ṣaṇā váhāto hárī sákʰāyā sudʰúrā sváṅgā |
dʰānā́vadíndraḥ sávanaṃ juṣāṇáḥ sákʰā sákʰyuḥ śṛṇavadvándanāni || 4||



4.  āp cac tvamr2msa etasr3mdn vṛṣannmdn vahātasvp·Ae3d«√vah  
    harijmdn sakʰinmdn sudʰurjmdn svaṅgajmdn |
    dʰānāvatjnsa indraNmsn savanannsa juṣāṇata·Amsn«√juṣ  
    sakʰinmsn sakʰinmsg śṛṇavatvp·Ae3s«√śru vandanannpa 



4.  And since here these two bulls convey thee, the two tawny companions,
    well attached to [chariot's] pole, fair-limbed ones,
    since Indra, taking pleasure in the accompanied by grains pressing,
    being a companion, listens to praises of a companion,



kuvínmā gopā́ṃ kárase jánasya kuvídrā́jānaṃ magʰavannṛjīṣin |
kuvínma ṛ́ṣiṃ papivā́ṃsaṃ sutásya kuvínme vásvo amṛ́tasya śíkṣāḥ || 5||



5.  (kuc-idc)c ahamr1msa (gonfs-pājms)nmsa karaseva·A·2s«√kṛ jananmsg  
    (kuc-idc)c rājannmsa magʰavanjmsv ṛjīṣinjmsv |
    (kuc-idc)c ahamr1msa ṛṣinmsa papivaṃstp·Ims?«√pā sutajmsg  
    (kuc-idc)c ahamr1msd vasunnsb amṛtannsg śikṣasvp·AE2s«√śikṣ 



5.  would thee make me a protector of people,
    would thee [make me] a chief, O generous, having direct impact one!
    Would [thee make me] a seer who has drunk of the extracted [Soma],
    would thee wish for my sake to become empowered from the beneficial [qualities] of the ambrosia?
------



ā́ tvā bṛhánto hárayo yujānā́ arvā́gindra sadʰamā́do vahantu |
prá yé dvitā́ divá ṛñjántyā́tāḥ súsammṛṣṭāso vṛṣabʰásya mūrā́ḥ || 6||



6.  āp tvamr2msa bṛhatjmpn harijmpa yujānata·Ampn«√yuj  
    arvāka indraNmsv (sadʰaa-mādjms)nmpa vahantuvp·Ao3p«√vah |
    prap yasr3mpn dvitāa dyunmsg ṛñjantivp·A·3p«√ṛñj ātānfpa  
    susammṛṣṭajmpn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsg mūrajmpn 



6.  May mighty yoked tawny ones,³ convey thee, O Indra,
    hither, to drinking companions!
    Which certainly prepare the doors of the Heaven ---
    those of him⁴ who resembles a bull which can fix [the doors open] [are] well cleansed.



índra píba vṛ́ṣadʰūtasya vṛ́ṣṇa ā́ yáṃ te śyená uśaté jabʰā́ra |
yásya máde cyāváyasi prá kṛṣṭī́ryásya máde ápa gotrā́ vavártʰa || 7||



7.  indraNmsv pibavp·Ao2s«√pā (vṛṣannms-dʰūtajms)jmsg vṛṣannmsg  
    āp yasr2msa tvamr2msd śyenanmsn uśatetp·Amsd«√vaś jabʰāravp·I·3s«√bʰṛ |
    yasr3msg madanmsl cyāvayasivpCA·2s«√cyu prap kṛṣṭinfpa  
    yasr3msg madanmsl apap gotrannpa vavartʰavp·I·2s«√vṛ 



7.  O Indra, drink the bull agitated like a bull
    which thy hawk brought here for thee who desires [it]
    in exhilaration of which thou caused the tribes to migrate
    in exhilaration of which thou uncovered cowsheds.
------



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 8||



8.  śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
    ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
    śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
    gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



8.  Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 =senses
2 on the basis of 9.97.11c
3 drops of Soma
4 Soma


Sūkta 3.44 

ayáṃ te astu haryatáḥ sóma ā́ háribʰiḥ sutáḥ |
juṣāṇá indra háribʰirna ā́ gahyā́ tiṣṭʰa háritaṃ rátʰam || 1||



1.  ayamr3msn tvamr2msd astuvp·Ao3s«√as haryatajmsn  
    somanmsn āp harijmpi sutajmsn |
    juṣāṇata·Amsn«√juṣ indraNmsv harijmpi vayamr1mpg āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam  
    āp tiṣṭʰavp·Ao?s«√stʰā haritajmsa ratʰanmsa 



1.  May this be for thee, [this ---] 
    extracted here by tawny ones,¹ delighted-in Soma!
    Taking pleasure [in it], O Indra, come here
    by means of the tawny ones², stay on the enchanted chariot!



haryánnuṣásamarcayaḥ sū́ryaṃ haryánnarocayaḥ |
vidvā́m̐ścikitvā́nharyaśva vardʰasa índra víśvā abʰí śríyaḥ || 2||



2.  haryanttp·Amsn«√hary uṣasnfsa arcayasvpCAa2s«√ṛc  
    sūryanmsa haryanttp·Amsn«√hary arocayasvpCAa2s«√ruc |
    vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid cikitvaṅstp·Imsn«√cit (harijms-aśvanms)jmsv vardʰaseva·A·2s«√vṛdʰ  
    indraNmsv viśvājfpa abʰip śrīnfpa 



2.  Thou, delighting [in the Soma], made the Dawn to recite praises;
    thou, delighting [in the Soma], made the Sun resplendent.
    Knowing, noticing, thou, O having tawny horses one,
    strengthen thyself, O Indra, in the direction of all auspicious signs.



dyā́míndro háridʰāyasaṃ pṛtʰivī́ṃ hárivarpasam |
ádʰārayaddʰarítorbʰū́ri bʰójanaṃ yáyorantárháriścárat || 3||



3.  dyunmsa indraNmsn (harijms-dʰāyasjms)jmsa  
    pṛtʰivīnfsa (harijms-varpasnns)jfsa |
    adʰārayatvpCAa3s«√dʰṛ haritjmdl bʰūrijnsa bʰojanannsa  
    yasr3mdl antara harijmsn caratvp·AE3s«√car 



3.  Indra made nourishing-tawny-ones Heaven 
    [and] having-verdant-appearance Earth 
    to maintain plentiful source of pleasure in the two tawny ones
    between which the enchanting one shall roam.



jajñānó hárito vṛ́ṣā víśvamā́ bʰāti rocanám |
háryaśvo háritaṃ dʰatta ā́yudʰamā́ vájraṃ bāhvórhárim || 4||



4.  jajñānatp·Imsn«√jan haritajmsn vṛṣannmsn  
    viśvannsa āp bʰātivp·A·3s«√bʰā rocanannsa |
    (harijms-aśvanms)jmsn haritajnsa adʰattavp·Aa3s«√dʰā āyudʰannsa  
    āp vajranmsa bāhunmdl harinmsa 



4.  Having emerged, enchanted bull shines
    upon entire luminous sphere.
    Having tawny horses, he puts into arms
    enchanted weapon --- golden thunderbolt.



índro haryántamárjunaṃ vájraṃ śukraírabʰī́vṛtam |
ápāvṛṇoddʰáribʰirádribʰiḥ sutámúdgā́ háribʰirājata || 5||



5.  indraNmsn haryanttp·Amsa«√hary arjunajmsa  
    vajranmsa śukrajmpi abʰivṛtajmsa |
    apap avṛnotvp·Aa3s«√vṛ harijmpi adrinmpi  
    sutajmsa udc gonfpa harijmpi ājatavp·U·3p«ā~√aj 



5.  Indra, delighting in silvery
    surrounded by translucent [drops] thunderbolt,
    uncovered by means of tawny rocks,³ extracted [Soma].
    They drove upwards by means of tawny [drops] the cows,⁴.


1 teeth
2 drops of Soma extract
3 teeth
4 evocative expressions


Sūkta 3.45 

ā́ mandraírindra háribʰiryāhí mayū́raromabʰiḥ |
mā́ tvā ké cinní yamanvíṃ ná pāśínó'ti dʰánveva tā́m̐ ihi || 1||



1.  āp mandrajmpi indraNmsv harijmpi  
    yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā (mayūranms-romannns)jmpi |
    māc tvamr2msa kasr3mpn cidc nip yamanvp·AE3p«√yam vinmsa nac pāśinnmpn  
    atip dʰanvannnsn ivac sasr3mpa ihivp·Ao2s«√i 



1.  Journey here, O Indra, with delightful
    tawny having peacock-like dawn ones.
    May not anyone hold thee down like those laying snares [hold down] a bird,
    pass them¹ by --- as a desert²!



vṛtrakʰādó valaṃrujáḥ purā́ṃ darmó apā́majáḥ |
stʰā́tā rátʰasya háryorabʰisvará índro dṛḷhā́ cidārujáḥ || 2||



2.  (vṛtranns-kʰādajms)jmsn (valanmsa-rujajms)jmsn  
    purnfpg darmanmsn apnfpg ajanmsn |
    stʰātṛnmsn ratʰanmsg harijmdg abʰisvarnfsd  
    indraNmsn dṛḷhannpa cidc ārujajmsn 



2.  Preying upon Vṛtra, shattering the cavern,
    breaker of walls, driver of waters,
    staying on the chariot to guide with voice two tawny ones,
    Indra is breaking open even strongholds.



gambʰīrā́m̐ udadʰī́m̐riva krátuṃ puṣyasi gā́ iva |
prá sugopā́ yávasaṃ dʰenávo yatʰā hradáṃ kulyā́ ivāśata || 3||



3.  gambʰīrajmpa udadʰinmpa ivac  
    kratunmsa puṣyasivp·A·2s«√puṣ gonfpa ivac |
    prap (sua-gonfs-pājms)nmsn yavasanmsa dʰenunfpa yatʰāc  
    hradanmsa kulyānfpn ivac āśatava·A·3p«√āś 



3.  Thou foster resourcefulness as if it were cows
    as if it were deep receptacles of waters,
    [directing it] forward like a good shepherd milch-cows to a pasture,
    like channels reach a pool³.



ā́ nastújaṃ rayíṃ bʰarā́ṃśaṃ ná pratijānaté |
vṛkṣáṃ pakváṃ pʰálamaṅkī́va dʰūnuhī́ndra sampā́raṇaṃ vásu || 4||



4.  āp vayamr1mpd tujjmsa rayinmsa bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ  
    aṃśanmsa nac pratijānantjmsd |
    vṛkṣanmsa pakvajnsa pʰalannsa aṅkinnmsn ivac dʰūnuhivp·Ao2s«√dʰū  
    indraNmsv sampāraṇajnsa vasunnsa 



4.  Bring us the gift of concentration
    like a share [of spoils] to one who is directly experiencing [the battle].
    As he who has a hook [shakes] ripe fruit off a tree,
    shake off, O Indra, leading-to-the-goal benefit.



svayúrindra svarā́ḷasi smáddiṣṭiḥ sváyaśastaraḥ |
sá vāvṛdʰāná ójasā puruṣṭuta bʰávā naḥ suśrávastamaḥ || 5||



5.  svayujmsn indraNmsv svarājjmsn asivp·A·2s«√as  
    (smata-diṣṭinfs)jmsn svayaśastarajmsn |
    sasr3msn vāvṛdʰānatp·Amsn«√vṛdʰ ojasnnsi (purua-stutajms)jmsv  
    bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū vayamr1msd suśravastamajmsn 



5.  O Indra, thou are self-ruling, seeking thy own way one,
    giving directions instantly, the one most worthy-by-himself.
    Such, becoming vigorously stronger, O much-eulogized one,
    be for us abounding in glory!


1 those who attempt to hold thee down
2 that is, place devoid of Soma
3 that is, accumulating and combining skills


Sūkta 3.46 

yudʰmásya te vṛṣabʰásya svarā́ja ugrásya yū́na stʰávirasya gʰṛ́ṣveḥ |
ájūryato vajríṇo vīryā̀ṇī́ndra śrutásya maható mahā́ni || 1||



1.  yudʰmanmsg tvamr2msg (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsg svarājjmsg  
    ugrajmsg yūnjmsg stʰavirajmsg gʰṛṣvijmsg |
    ajūryatjmsg vajrinnmsg vīryannpn  
    indraNmsv śrutajmsg mahatjmsg mahajnpa 



1.  Of a fighter --- of thee --- who resembles a bull, [who is] self-ruling,
    of ferocious young enduring thrill-inducing one,
    of unaging thunderbolt-wielder deeds of valor ---
    of famed exalting one, O Indra, are great.



mahā́m̐ asi mahiṣa vṛ́ṣṇyebʰirdʰanaspṛ́dugra sáhamāno anyā́n |
éko víśvasya bʰúvanasya rā́jā sá yodʰáyā ca kṣayáyā ca jánān || 2||



2.  mahatjmsn asivp·A·2s«√as mahiṣajmsv (vṛṣṇinms-yatnfs)nnpi  
    (dʰananns-spṛtjms)jmsa ugrajmsv sahamānata·Amsn«√sah anyajmpa |
    ekajmsn viśvajnsg bʰuvanannsg rājannmsn  
    sasr3msn yodʰanmsd cac kṣayanmsd cac janannpa 



2.  Thou are exalting, O mighty one, through manly deeds,
    offering violence to others [thou are] carrying away prizes, O ferocious one!
    The sole chieftain of every place of existence,
    he [is offering violence] to people for the sake of war and for the sake of peace.



prá mā́trābʰī ririce rócamānaḥ prá devébʰirviśváto ápratītaḥ |
prá majmánā divá índraḥ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ prórórmahó antárikṣādṛjīṣī́ || 3||



3.  prap mātrānfpi ririceva·I·3s«√ric rocamānajmsn  
    prap devanmpi viśvatasa apratītajmsn |
    prap majmannnsi dyunmsb indraNmsn pṛtʰivīnfsb  
    prap urujnsb mahjnsb (antara-īkṣajms)nnsb ṛjīṣinjmsn 



3.  He, shining, has surpassed [all others] by degrees,
    [he,] with deva-s on all sides, is not-counterbalanced.
    Indra majestically [has surpassed] the Heaven and the Earth,
    great spacious intermediate space, [he who is] having direct impact.



urúṃ gabʰīráṃ janúṣābʰyùgráṃ viśvávyacasamavatáṃ matīnā́m |
índraṃ sómāsaḥ pradívi sutā́saḥ samudráṃ ná sraváta ā́ viśanti || 4||



4.  urujmsa gabʰīrajmsa janusnnsi abʰip ugrajmsa  
    (viśvanns-vyacasnns)jmsa avatanmsa matinfpg |
    indraNmsa somanmpn pradivjnsl sutajmpn  
    samudranmsa nac sravatnfpn āp viśantivp·A·3p«√viś 



4.  [Him] --- spacious, deep through circumstances of manifestation, 
    ferocious, encompassing-every-[aspect] well of mental gestures ---
    Indra --- extracted Soma juices enter during early hours of day
    like rivers [enter] the sea.



yáṃ sómamindra pṛtʰivī́dyā́vā gárbʰaṃ ná mātā́ bibʰṛtástvāyā́ |
táṃ te hinvanti támu te mṛjantyadʰvaryávo vṛṣabʰa pā́tavā́ u || 5||



5.  yasr3msa somanmsa indraNmsv (pṛtʰivīnfd-dyunmd)nfdn  
    garbʰanmsa nac mātṛnfsn bibʰṛtasvp·A·3d«√bʰṛ tvāyāa |
    sasr3msa tvamr2msd hinvantivp·A·3p«√hi sasr3msa uc tvamr2msd mṛjantivp·A·3p«√mṛj  
    adʰvaryunmpn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsv pātavaiv···D··«√pā uc 



5.  Which Soma, O Indra, the Earth and Heaven
    bear for thy sake like mother [bears] an embryo
    that for thee adʰvaryu-s impel [through filter]
    that they make free from impurities for thee, O appearing as a bull one, to drink.






Sūkta 3.47 

marútvām̐ indra vṛṣabʰó ráṇāya píbā sómamanuṣvadʰáṃ mádāya |
ā́ siñcasva jaṭʰáre mádʰva ūrmíṃ tváṃ rā́jāsi pradívaḥ sutā́nām || 1||



1.  marutvantjmsn indraNmsv (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn raṇannsd  
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā somanmsa (svajms-dʰajms)a madanmsd |
    āp siñcasvava·Ao2s«√sic jaṭʰarannsl madʰunnsg ūrminmsa  
    tvamr2msn rājannmsn asivp·A·2s«√as pradivasa sutajmpg 



1.  Accompanied by Marut-s, O Indra, appearing as a bull, for the sake of the [coming] battle,
    drink Soma of thy own accord for an exhilaration,
    pour in into [thy] belly the wave of honey ---
    from of old thou are the sovereign of extracted [juices].



sajóṣā indra ságaṇo marúdbʰiḥ sómaṃ piba vṛtrahā́ śūra vidvā́n |
jahí śátrūm̐rápa mṛ́dʰo nudasvā́tʰā́bʰayaṃ kṛṇuhi viśváto naḥ || 2||



2.  sajoṣasjmsn indraNmsv sagaṇajmsn marutnmpi  
    somanmsa pibavp·Ao2s«√pā (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsn śūranmsv vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid |
    jahivp·Ao2s«√han śatrunmpa apap mṛdʰasnnsa nudasvava·Ao2s«√nud  
    atʰāc abʰayannsa kṛṇuhivp·Ao2s«√kṛ viśvatasa vayamr1msd 



2.  Accompanied and acting in harmony with Marut-s, drink Soma!
    He who has found [the Soma] is a slayer of Vṛtra, O agent of change!
    Slay enemies, remove the contempt!
    Now effect everywhere for us the fearlessness!



utá ṛtúbʰirṛtupāḥ pāhi sómamíndra devébʰiḥ sákʰibʰiḥ sutáṃ naḥ |
yā́m̐ ā́bʰajo marúto yé tvā́nváhanvṛtrámádadʰustúbʰyamójaḥ || 3||



3.  utac ṛtunmpi (ṛtunms-pājms)jmsv pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā  
    somanmsa indraNmsv devajmpi sakʰinmpi sutajmsa vayamr1mpg |
    yasr3mpa āp abʰajasvp·Aa2s«√bʰaj marutNmpa yasr3mpn tvamr2msa anup ahanvp·Aa2s«√han  
    vṛtrannsa adadʰurvp·Aa3p«√dʰā tvamr2msd ojasnnsa 



3.  And, according to the proper sequence, O drinker at a proper moment,
    drink our extracted Soma, O Indra, with celestial companions
    which thou caused to share [the Soma] --- Marut-s,
    who [stood] by thee --- thou did strike Vṛtra, [and] they gave thee a frenzy,



yé tvāhihátye magʰavannávardʰanyé śāmbaré harivo yé gáviṣṭau |
yé tvā nūnámanumádanti víprāḥ píbendra sómaṃ ságaṇo marúdbʰiḥ || 4||



4.  yasr3mpn tvamr2msa ahihatyannsl magʰavanjmsv avardʰanvp·Aa3p«√vṛdʰ  
    yasr3mpn śāmbarajnsl harivantnmsv yasr3mpn (gonfs-iṣṭinfs)nmsl |
    yasr3mpn tvamr2msa nūnama anumadantivp·A·3p«anu~√mad viprajmpn  
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā indraNmsv somanmsa sagaṇajmsn marutNmpi 



4.  [they,] who strengthened thee during slaying of the snake, O generous one,
    who --- during [campaign against] Śambara, who --- in foray for cows, O accompanied-by-tawny-ones one,
    who, inspired, rejoice over thee now ---
    drink Soma, O Indra, accompanied by Marut-s!



marútvantaṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ vāvṛdʰānámákavāriṃ divyáṃ śāsámíndram |
viśvāsā́hamávase nū́tanāyográṃ sahodā́mihá táṃ huvema || 5||



5.  marutvatjmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa vāvṛdʰānatp·Amsa«√vṛdʰ  
    akavārijmsa divyajmsa śāsanmsa indraNmsa |
    (viśvanns-sahjms)jmsa avasnnsd nūtanajmsd  
    ugrajmsa (sahasnns-dājms)jmsa ihaa sasr3msa huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū 



5.  Attended by the Marut-s, appearing as a bull,
    growing stronger non-selfish celestial commander --- Indra ---
    prevailing over everything --- to help today ---
    ferocious, giving overwhelming strength --- we call upon such here.






Sūkta 3.48 

sadyó ha jātó vṛṣabʰáḥ kanī́naḥ prábʰartumāvadándʰasaḥ sutásya |
sādʰóḥ piba pratikāmáṃ yátʰā te rásāśiraḥ pratʰamáṃ somyásya || 1||



1.  sadyasa hac jātajmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn kanīnajmsn  
    prabʰartumv···D··«pra~√bʰṛ āvatvp·Aa3s«√av andʰasnnsb sutajmsg |
    sādʰujmsg pibavp·Ao2s«√pā pratikāmama yatʰāc tvamr2msg  
    (rasanms-āśirnfs)nmsg pratʰamama somyajmsg 



1.  Resembling a bull youth, in the very moment [he was] born, 
    impelled to offer [him a draught] of extracted from an herb [Soma].
    Drink --- as is thy wish --- first of all, leading straight to a goal
    mixed with the sap [of the herb] [draught] containing Soma!



yájjā́yatʰāstádáharasya kā́me'ṃśóḥ pīyū́ṣamapibo giriṣṭʰā́m |
táṃ te mātā́ pári yóṣā jánitrī maháḥ pitúrdáma ā́siñcadágre || 2||



2.  yadc jāyatʰāsvp·A·2s«√jan tadc aharnnsl ayamr3msg kāmanmsl  
    aṃśunmsg pīyūṣanmsa apibasvp·Aa2s«√pā (girinms-stʰājfs)jmsa |
    sasr3msa tvamr2msd mātṛnfsn parip yoṣānfsn janitrīnfsn  
    mahjmsg pitṛnmsg damanmsl āp asiñcatvp·A·3s«√sic agrea 



2.  When thou were born, then, on that day, in the desire of this one¹
    thou drank residing in mountains ambrosia of the stalk.
    That for thee the mother², young woman all around,
    a genitrix, poured it first in the house of the great father³.
------



upastʰā́ya mātáramánnamaiṭṭa tigmámapaśyadabʰí sómamū́dʰaḥ |
prayāváyannacaradgṛ́tso anyā́nmahā́ni cakre purudʰápratīkaḥ || 3||



3.  upastʰāyaa mātṛnfsa annannsa aiṭṭava·Aa3s«√īḍ  
    tigmajmsa apaśyatvp·Aa3s«√paś abʰip somanmsa ūdʰasnnsa |
    prayāvayanttpCAmsn«pra~√yu acaratvp·Aa3s«√car gṛtsajmsn anyajmpa  
    mahajnpa cakreva·I·3s«√kṛ (purua-dʰājms-pratīkajms)jmsn 



3.  Having approached, he asked the mother for food,
    he looked upon scorching Soma as an udder.
    He, being clever, roamed about [thus] making others to separate [from him].⁴
    Having various outwards forms, he performed great deeds.



ugrásturāṣā́ḷabʰíbʰūtyojā yatʰāvaśáṃ tanvàṃ cakra eṣáḥ |
tváṣṭāramíndro janúṣābʰibʰū́yāmúṣyā sómamapibaccamū́ṣu || 4||



4.  ugrajmsn turāṣahjmsn (abʰibʰūtijns-ojasnns)jmsn  
    (yatʰāc-vaśanmsa)a tanūnfsa cakreva·I·3s«√kṛ eṣasr3msn |
    tvaṣṭṛNmsa indraNmsn janusnnsi abʰibʰūyatp·A???«abʰi~√bʰū  
    āmuṣyatp·A???«ā~√muṣ somanmsa apibatvp·Aa3s«√pā camūnfpl 



4.  Ferocious, prevailing by pushing forward, having overwhelming vigour,
    this one made the body according to [his] wish,
    becoming superior to Tvaṣṭṛ and circumstances of birth,
    stealing Soma, he drank [it] in the receptacles.
------



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 5||



5.  śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
    ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
    śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
    gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



5.  Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 poet, or singer, of this hymn
2 Pṛśni
3 Rudra
4 This stanza prob. refers to the activity described in verse 111 of Vijñānabʰairava tantra


Sūkta 3.49 

śáṃsā mahā́míndraṃ yásminvíśvā ā́ kṛṣṭáyaḥ somapā́ḥ kā́mamávyan |
yáṃ sukrátuṃ dʰiṣáṇe vibʰvataṣṭáṃ gʰanáṃ vṛtrā́ṇāṃ janáyanta devā́ḥ || 1||



1.  śaṃsavp·Ae1s«√śaṃs mahāntjmsa indraNmsa yasr3msl viśvajfpn āp  
    kṛṣṭinfpn (somanms-pājms)jfpn kāmanmsa avyanvp·Aa3p«√vī |
    yasr3msa sukratujmsa (dʰīnfs-sanajms)jmsl (vibʰvanjms-taṣṭajms)jmsa  
    gʰananmsa vṛtrannpg janayantavpCAE3p«√jan devanmpn 



1.  Since I announce the mighty Indra, in whom all drinking Soma tribes here
    accept the desire [to drink Soma], [announce] him,
    who in a making-effort-to-visualize one has good designs, who is fashioned by the pervading one,
    [whom] deva-s shall cause to emerge as a destroyer of Vṛtra-s,



yáṃ nú nákiḥ pṛ́tanāsu svarā́jaṃ dvitā́ tárati nṛ́tamaṃ hariṣṭʰā́m |
inátamaḥ sátvabʰiryó ha śūṣaíḥ pṛtʰujráyā aminādā́yurdásyoḥ || 2||



2.  yasr3msa nuc nakisc pṛtanānfpl svarājjmsa  
    dvitāa tarativp·A·3s«√tṝ nṛtamajmsa (harijms-stʰājms)jmsa |
    inatamajmsn satvannmpi yasr3msn hac śūṣajmpi  
    (pṛtʰua-jrayasjms)jmsn aminātvp·Aa3s«√mī āyusnnsa (dasnfs-yujms)nmsg 



2.  [him,] self-ruling, most manly, staying with tawny ones,
    whom certainly no-one overcomes in battles,
    who with [his] high-spirited fighters is the most able [on the battlefield],
    [it means that,] widely extended [inside], he diminished the vital power of the impulse to suffer want.
------



sahā́vā pṛtsú taráṇirnā́rvā vyānaśī́ ródasī mehánāvān |
bʰágo ná kāré hávyo matīnā́ṃ pitéva cā́ruḥ suhávo vayodʰā́ḥ || 3||



3.  sahāvanjmsn pṛtnfpl taraṇijmsn nac arvannmsn  
    vyānannsn rodasnnda mehanāvantjmsn |
    bʰaganmsn nac kāranmsl havyajmsn matinfpg  
    pitṛnmsn ivac cārujmsn suhavajmsn (vayasnns-dʰājms)jmsn 



3.  Prevailing in battles, carrying across like a courser [it¹],
    streaming abundantly across reposing in vyāna two Rodas-es,
    like a good fortune during a decisive action to be called upon with mental gestures,
    like the father --- esteemed, listening willingly, [he is] giving mental and bodily energy.



dʰartā́ divó rájasaspṛṣṭá ūrdʰvó rátʰo ná vāyúrvásubʰirniyútvān |
kṣapā́ṃ vastā́ janitā́ sū́ryasya víbʰaktā bʰāgáṃ dʰiṣáṇeva vā́jam || 4||



4.  dʰartṛnmsn dyunmsg rajasnnsg pṛṣṭajmsn ūrdʰvajmsn  
    ratʰanmsn nac vāyujmsn vasunnpi niyutvantjmsn |
    kṣapnfpg vastṛnmsn janitṛnmsn sūryanmsg  
    vibʰaktṛnmsn bʰāganmsa (dʰīnfs-sanājms)nfsn ivac vājanmsa 



4.  Supporter of the Heaven, of the region [of thoughts], [he is] sought after as the tending upwards one.
    Desirable as a chariot, he has inner connections with beneficial things.
    Illuminator of nights, a progenitor of the sun,
    [he is] an apportioner of good luck like an effort to visualize [is an apportioner of] a rush of vigour.
------



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 5||



5.  śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
    ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
    śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
    gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



5.  Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 the treasure, rai --- on the basis of 7.32.9c


Sūkta 3.50 

índraḥ svā́hā pibatu yásya sóma āgátyā túmro vṛṣabʰó marútvān |
óruvyácāḥ pṛṇatāmebʰíránnairā́sya havístanvàḥ kā́mamṛdʰyāḥ || 1||



1.  indraNmsn svāhāa pibatuvp·Ao3s«√pā yasr3msg somanmsn  
    āgatyātp·A???«ā~√gam tumrajmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn marutvantjmsn |
    āp (urujns-vyacasnns)jmsn pṛṇatāmva·Ao3p«√pṛṇ ayamr3npi annannpi  
    āp ayamr3msg havisnnsn tanūnfsg kāmanmsa ṛdʰyāsvp·Ui2s«√ṛdʰ 



1.  May Indra --- svā́hā --- whose the Soma [is] --- drink!
    Coming here strong, appearing as a bull, accompanied by Marut-s,
    extending widely (may they fill [thee] with these victuals before an oblation of this [Soma]!)
    thou can fulfill the desire of the body.



ā́ te saparyū́ javáse yunajmi yáyoránu pradívaḥ śruṣṭímā́vaḥ |
ihá tvā dʰeyurhárayaḥ suśipra píbā tvàsyá súṣutasya cā́roḥ || 2||



2.  āp tvamr2msd saparyujmdn javasev···D··«√jū yunajmivp·A·1s«√yuj  
    yasr3mdg anup pradivasa śruṣṭinfsa āvasvp·Aa2s«√av |
    ihaa tvamr2msa dʰeyurvp·Ai3p«√dʰā harijmpn suśiprajmsv  
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā tuc ayamr3msg suṣutajmsg cārujmsg 



2.  To hurry on, I yoke two seeking to serve thee [horses]
    whose as of old willing service thou favoured.
    Tawny ones can place thee here, O selective one!
    Drink now this well-pressed, esteemed [Soma]!



góbʰirmimikṣúṃ dadʰire supārámíndraṃ jyaíṣṭʰyāya dʰā́yase gṛṇānā́ḥ |
mandānáḥ sómaṃ papivā́m̐ ṛjīṣinsámasmábʰyaṃ purudʰā́ gā́ iṣaṇya || 3||



3.  gonfpi mimikṣujmsa dadʰireva·I·3p«√dʰā supārajmsa  
    indraNmsa jyaiṣṭʰyannsd dʰāyasnnsd gṛṇānata·Ampn«√gṝ |
    mandānata·Amsn«√mand somanmsa papivaṅstp·Imsn«√pā ṛjīṣinjmsv  
    samp vayamr1mpd (purua-dʰājms)a gonfpa iṣaṇyavp·Ao2s«√iṣaṇya 



3.  Extolling Indra for the sake of preeminence, for sustenance
    they¹ have obtained mingling with milk, giving an easy passage [Soma].
    Becoming inflamed, having drunk Soma, O having direct impact one,
    make cows streaming out together for us frequently!



imáṃ kā́maṃ mandayā góbʰiráśvaiścandrávatā rā́dʰasā paprátʰaśca |
svaryávo matíbʰistúbʰyaṃ víprā índrāya vā́haḥ kuśikā́so akran || 4||



4.  ayamr3msa kāmanmsa mandayavpCAo2s«√mand gonfpi aśvanmpi  
    candravatjnsi rādʰasnnsi papratʰasvp·Ie2s«√pratʰ cac |
    (svarnns-yujms)jmpn matinfpi tvamr2msd viprajmpn  
    indraNmsd vāhasnnsa kuśikaNmpn akranvp·Aa3p«√kṛ 



4.  Make this desire gladden [us] with cows, horses,
    with having glitter gift, and thou will extend [it].
    Seeking sva`r inwardly excited descendants of Kuśika
    created, using mental gestures, a conveying for thee, Indra.



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 5||



5.  śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
    ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
    śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
    gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



5.  Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 worshipers


Sūkta 3.51 

carṣaṇīdʰṛ́taṃ magʰávānamuktʰyàmíndraṃ gíro bṛhatī́rabʰyànūṣata |
vāvṛdʰānáṃ puruhūtáṃ suvṛktíbʰirámartyaṃ járamāṇaṃ divédive || 1||



1.  (carṣaṇijms-dʰṛtjms)jmsa magʰavanjmsa uktʰyajmsa  
    indraNmsa girnfpn bṛhatījfpn abʰip anūṣatava·U·3p«√nu |
    vāvṛdʰānatp·Amsa«√vṛdʰ (purua-hūtajms)jmsa suvṛktijmpi  
    amartyajmsa jaramāṇata·Amsa«√jṝ (divanmsl-divanmsl)a 



1.  Potent chants found their way towards to-be-praised Indra,
    [who is] generous, [who is] supporting those which draw to themselves,¹.
    [who,] becoming stronger [by being] much invoked with well-twisted [verses],
    [who is] immortal [but] is wearing out every day.



śatákratumarṇaváṃ śākínaṃ náraṃ gíro ma índramúpa yanti viśvátaḥ |
vājasániṃ pūrbʰídaṃ tū́rṇimaptúraṃ dʰāmasā́camabʰiṣā́caṃ svarvídam || 2||



2.  (śatau-kratunms)jmsa arṇavajmsa śākinjmsa naranmsa  
    girnfpn ahamr1msg indraNmsa upap yantivp·A·3p«√i viśvatasa |
    (vājanms-saninfs)jmsn (purnfs-bʰidjms)nmsn tūrṇijmsn (apnfs-turjms)jmsa  
    (dʰāmannns-sācjms)jmsa abʰiṣācjmsa (svarnns-vidjfs)jmsa 



2.  A man [who is] having a hundred wiles, [who is] restless, capable,
    my songs approach from all sides --- Indra ---
    granting-the-rush-of-vigour breaker of strongholds, expeditious, crossing waters, 
    following him² who stays in an abode, who finds sva`r.



ākaré vásorjaritā́ panasyate'nehása stúbʰa índro duvasyati |
vivásvataḥ sádana ā́ hí pipriyé satrāsā́hamabʰimātihánaṃ stuhi || 3||



3.  ākaranmsl vasunnsg jaritṛnmsn panasyateva·A·3s«√panasy  
    anehasjfpa stubʰnfpa indraNmsn duvasyativp·A·3s«√duvasy |
    vivasvatNmsg sadanannsl āp hic pipriyeva·I·3s«√prī  
    (satrāa-sahjms)jmsa (abʰimātinfs-hanjms)jmsa stuhivp·Ao2s«√stu 



3.  An invoker tries to impress him, who distributes abundantly what's beneficial,
    Indra rewards [his] incomparable rhythms.
    Since at the seat of Vivasvat he has comforted [us],
    extol prevailing in every way slayer of plotting enemies!
------



nṛṇā́mu tvā nṛ́tamaṃ gīrbʰíruktʰaírabʰí prá vīrámarcatā sabā́dʰaḥ |
sáṃ sáhase purumāyó jihīte námo asya pradíva éka īśe || 4||



4.  nṛnmpg uc tvamr2msa nṛtamajmsn girnfpi uktʰannpi  
    abʰip prap vīranmsa arcatavp·AE2p«√ṛc sabādʰasa |
    samp sahasnnsd purumāyajmsn jihīteva·A·3s«√hā  
    namasnnsa ayamr3msg pradivasa ekajmsn īśeva·A·3s«√īś 



4.  You shall urgently commend with songs, with recited verses,
    the hero --- thee, the most manly of men!
    He who knows many tricks gives way to the overwhelming strength,
    he alone as of old commands adoration of this one.



pūrvī́rasya niṣṣídʰo mártyeṣu purū́ vásūni pṛtʰivī́ bibʰarti |
índrāya dyā́va óṣadʰīrutā́po rayíṃ rakṣanti jīráyo vánāni || 5||



5.  pūrvījfpn ayamr3msg niṣṣidʰnfpn martyajmpl  
    purujnpa vasunnpa pṛtʰivīnfsn bibʰartivp·A·3s«√bʰṛ |
    indraNmsd dyunmpn (oṣanms-dʰijfs)nfpn utac  
    apnfpn rayinmsa rakṣantivp·A·3p«√rakṣ jīrijfpn vanannpn 



5.  Many [are] his attaining-their-aim-in-mortals effects,
    many benefits the Earth brings.
    For Indra the bright days,³ and herbs,
    quick flowing waters [and] desires preserve the treasure.



túbʰyaṃ bráhmāṇi gíra indra túbʰyaṃ satrā́ dadʰire harivo juṣásva |
bodʰyā̀pírávaso nū́tanasya sákʰe vaso jaritṛ́bʰyo váyo dʰāḥ || 6||



6.  tvamr2msd brahmannnpa girnfpa indraNmsv  
    tvamr2msd satrāa dadʰireva·I·3p«√dʰā harivantnmsv juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣ |
    bodʰivp·Ao2s«√budʰ āpinmsn avasnnsg nūtanajmsg  
    sakʰinmsl vasujmsv jaritṛnmpd vayasnnsa dʰāsvp·UE2s«√dʰā 



6.  For thee they conceived sacred formulations, songs, O Indra,
    altogether for thee, O accompanied-by-tawny-ones one! Enjoy!
    Attend, being an ally, to the present favour [we ask]!
    O beneficial in a companion, thou shall give mental and bodily vigour to the invokers.
------



índra marutva ihá pāhi sómaṃ yátʰā śāryāté ápibaḥ sutásya |
táva práṇītī táva śūra śármannā́ vivāsanti kaváyaḥ suyajñā́ḥ || 7||



7.  indranmsv marutvasjmsv ihac pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā somanmsa  
    yatʰāc śāryātanmsl apibasvp·Aa2s«√pā sutajmsg |
    tvamr2msg praṇītinfsi tvamr2msg śūranmsv śarmannnsl  
    āp vivāsantivpDA·3p«√van kavinmpn suyajñajmpn 



7.  O accompanied by Marut-s Indra, drink here Soma
    as thou dranks [it] extracted in[side] Śaryāta.
    With thy guidance, under thy protection, O agent of change,
    gifted with insight, making a good sacrifice ones seek to procure [thee].



sá vāvaśāná ihá pāhi sómaṃ marúdbʰirindra sákʰibʰiḥ sutáṃ naḥ |
jātáṃ yáttvā pári devā́ ábʰūṣanmahé bʰárāya puruhūta víśve || 8||



8.  sasr3msn vāvaśānataIAmsn«√vaś ihac pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā somanmsa  
    marutNmpi indraNmsv sakʰinmpi sutajmsa vayamr1mpg |
    jātajmsa yadc tvamr2msa parip devanmpn abʰūṣanvp·Aa3p«√bʰūṣ  
    mahjmsd bʰaranmsd (purua-hūtajms)jmsv viśvajmpn 



8.  Being such --- eagerly desiring [it] --- quaff here Soma
    with Marut-s, O Indra, with companions [quaff] our extracted [drink] ---
    as when for a great battle all deva-s
    attended to thee [who was just] born, O much invoked one!



aptū́rye maruta āpíreṣó'mandanníndramánu dā́tivārāḥ |
tébʰiḥ sākáṃ pibatu vṛtrakʰādáḥ sutáṃ sómaṃ dāśúṣaḥ své sadʰástʰe || 9||



9.  aptūryannsl marutNmpv āpinmsn eṣasr3msn  
    amandanvp·Aa3p«√mand indraNmsa anup (dātinfs-vārajms)jmpn  
    sasr3mpi sākama pibatuvp·Ao3s«√pā (vṛtranns-kʰādajms)jmsn  
    sutajmsa somanmsa dāśvaṅstp·Imsg«√dāś svajnsl (sadʰaa-stʰajms)nnsl 



9.  During water-crossing, O Marut-s, this one [is] an ally;
    those, for whom to give is chosen, exhilarate [only] after Indra [is manifested].
    Let he who preys upon Vṛtra drink together with them
    the extracted Soma in worshiper's own place of meeting [them].
------



idáṃ hyánvójasā sutáṃ rādʰānāṃ pate |
píbā tvàsyá girvaṇaḥ || 10||



10. ayamr3nsn hic anup ojasnnsi  
     sutajmsa rādʰanmpg patinmsv |
     pibavp·Ao2s«√pā tuc ayamr3msg (girnfs-vanasnns)jmsv 



10. Since this here [accomplishment of our desire]
    [is] after the vigourously extracted one, O master of accomplishments,
    just drink it, O longing for a chant!



yáste ánu svadʰā́másatsuté ní yacʰa tanvàm |
sá tvā mamattu somyám || 11||



11. yasr3msn tvamr2msg anup (svanms-dʰājfs)nfsa asatvp·AE3s«√as  
     sutajmsl nip yacʰavp·A·3s«√yam tanūnfsa |
     sasr3msn tvamr2msa mamattuvp·Ao3s«√mad somyajmsa 



11. Who shall be in accord with thy power of self-determination,
    fasten [his] body to the extracted [Soma],
    may he exhilarate thee, [who is] inspired by Soma!



prá te aśnotu kukṣyóḥ préndra bráhmaṇā śíraḥ |
prá bāhū́ śūra rā́dʰase || 12||



12. prap tvamr2msg aśnotuvp·Ao3s«√aś kukṣinmdl  
     prap indraNmsv brahmannnsi śirasnnsn |
     prap bāhunmda śūranmsv rādʰasnnsd 



12. May it⁴ reach into thy two cavities,
    [may it reach] by means of a sacred formula the head,
    [may it reach] two arms, O agent of change, for the accomplishment of [our] desire!


1 senses
2 Soma
3 days without wrath or anger
4 Soma


Sūkta 3.52 

dʰānā́vantaṃ karambʰíṇamapūpávantamuktʰínam |
índra prātárjuṣasva naḥ || 1||



1.  dʰānāvatjmsa karambʰinjmsa  
    apūpavantjmsa uktʰinjmsa |
    indraNmsv prātara juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣ vayamr1mpg 



1.  O Indra, enjoy at day-break
    our accompanied by grains, by gruel,
    by cake, by verses [Soma].



puroḷā́śaṃ pacatyàṃ juṣásvendrā́ gurasva ca |
túbʰyaṃ havyā́ni sisrate || 2||



2.  puroḷāśanmsa pacatyajmsa  
    juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣ indraNmsv āp gurasvavp·Ao2s«√gur cac |
    tvamr2msd havyannpa sisrateva·A·3p«√sṛ 



2.  Enjoy cooked sacrificial cake,
    and approve [it],
    for thee oblations flow.



puroḷā́śaṃ ca no gʰáso joṣáyāse gíraśca naḥ |
vadʰūyúriva yóṣaṇām || 3||



3.  puroḷāśanmsa cac vayamr1mpg gʰasasvp·AE2s«√gʰas  
    joṣayāsevaCAe2s«√juṣ girnfpa cac vayamr1mpg |
    vadʰūyujmsn ivac yoṣaṇānfsa 



3.  And our sacrificial cake thou shall eat
    so that thou would make thyself frequent our songs
    like one who seeks a wife [frequents] a maiden.



puroḷā́śaṃ sanaśruta prātaḥsāvé juṣasva naḥ |
índra kráturhí te bṛhán || 4||



4.  puroḷāśanmsa (sanajms-śrutajms)jmsv prātaḥsāvanmsl juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣ vayamr1mpg |
    indraNmsv kratunmsn hic tvamr2msg bṛhatjmsn 



4.  O famed from ancient times one, during day-break preparation [of Soma]
    enjoy our sacrificial cake
    since thy, O Indra, resourcefulness [is] great.
------



mā́dʰyaṃdinasya sávanasya dʰānā́ḥ puroḷā́śamindra kṛṣvehá cā́rum |
prá yátstotā́ jaritā́ tū́rṇyartʰo vṛṣāyámāṇa úpa gīrbʰírī́ṭṭe || 5||



5.  mādʰyaṃdinajnsg savanannsg dʰānānfpa  
    puroḷāśanmsa indraNmsv kṛṣvava·Ao2s«√kṛ ihaa cārujmsa |
    prap yadc stotṛjmsn jaritṛnmsn (tūrṇijns-artʰanns)jmsn  
    vṛṣāyamāṇata·Amsn«√vṛṣāya upap girnfpi īṭṭeva·A·3s«√īḍ 



5.  Do make here the grains of midday pressing,
    the sacrificial cake, agreeable [to thee], O Indra,
    when intent-on-expedience invoker is praising [thee] before [proper moment]
    [and,] acting like a bull, implores [thee] with chants.
------



tṛtī́ye dʰānā́ḥ sávane puruṣṭuta puroḷā́śamā́hutaṃ māmahasva naḥ |
ṛbʰumántaṃ vā́javantaṃ tvā kave práyasvanta úpa śikṣema dʰītíbʰiḥ || 6||



6.  tṛtīyajnsl dʰānānfpn savanannsl (purua-stutajms)jmsv  
    puroḷāśanmsa āhutajmsa mamahasvavp·Ao2s«√mah vayamr1msg |
    ṛbʰumantjmsa vājavantjmsa tvamr2msa kavinmsv  
    prayasvantjmpn upap śikṣemavp·Ai1p«√śikṣ dʰītinfpi 



6.  During the third pressing, O much-eulogized one,
    honor the grains, our sacrificial cake offered as an oblation!
    Thee, inventive, rich in the rush of vigour, O gifted with insight one,
    we, dispensing delights, could empower with stable visualizations.



pūṣaṇváte te cakṛmā karambʰáṃ hárivate háryaśvāya dʰānā́ḥ |
apūpámaddʰi ságaṇo marúdbʰiḥ sómaṃ piba vṛtrahā́ śūra vidvā́n || 7||



7.  pūṣaṇvatjmsd tvamr2msd cakṛmavp·I·1p«√kṛ karambʰanmsa  
    harivantnmsd (harijms-aśvanms)jmsn dʰānānfpa |
    apūpanmsa addʰivp·Ao2s«√ad sagaṇajmsn marutNmpi  
    somanmsa pibavp·Ao2s«√pā (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsn śūranmsv vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid 



7.  For thee accompanied by Pūṣan we have made the gruel,
    for accompanied-by-tawny-ones having-tawny-horses one --- the grains.
    Accompanied by Marut-s, eat the cake! Drink Soma!
    He who has found [Soma] --- O agent of change --- [is] a slayer of Vṛtra.



práti dʰānā́ bʰarata tū́yamasmai puroḷā́śaṃ vīrátamāya nṛṇā́m |
divédive sadṛ́śīrindra túbʰyaṃ várdʰantu tvā somapéyāya dʰṛṣṇo || 8||



8.  pratip dʰānānfpa bʰaratavp·Ao2p«√bʰṛ tūyama ayamr3msd  
    puroḷāśanmsa vīratamajmsd nṛnmpg |
    (divanmsl-divanmsl)a sadṛśījfpn indraNmsv tvamr2msd  
    vardʰantuvp·Ao3p«√vṛdʰ tvamr2msa (somanms-peyanms)nmsa dʰṛṣṇujmsv 



8.  Bring ye quickly the grains for this one,
    the sacrificial cake for the most heroic of men!
    Every day --- the same [grains] for thee, O Indra!
    May they strengthen thee for a drink of Soma, O daring one!





Sūkta 3.53 

índrāparvatā bṛhatā́ rátʰena vāmī́ríṣa ā́ vahataṃ suvī́rāḥ |
vītáṃ havyā́nyadʰvaréṣu devā várdʰetʰāṃ gīrbʰíríḷayā mádantā || 1||



1.  (indraNmd-parvatanmd)nmdn bṛhatjmsi ratʰanmsi  
    vāmījfpa iṣnfpa āp vahatamvp·Ao2d«√vah suvīrājfpa |
    vītamvp·Ao2s«√vī havyannpa adʰvaranmpl devanmdv  
    vardʰetʰāmva·Ao2d«√vṛdʰ girnfpi iḷānfsi madantjmdn 



1.  O Indra and knotty one¹, using the mighty chariot,
    convey here lovely manly libations!
    Seize oblations during proceeding on their paths [sacrifices], O two deva-s!
    Becoming exhilarated by the libation, strengthen yourselves with songs!



tíṣṭʰā sú kaṃ magʰavanmā́ párā gāḥ sómasya nú tvā súṣutasya yakṣi |
pitúrná putráḥ sícamā́ rabʰe ta índra svā́diṣṭʰayā girā́ śacīvaḥ || 2||



2.  tiṣṭʰavp·Ao2s«√stʰā sup kamc magʰavanjmsvc parāa agāsvp·U·2s«√gā  
    somanmsg nuc tvamr2msa suṣutajmsg yakṣivp·Ao2s«√yaj |
    pitṛnmsg nac putranmsn sicnfsa āp rabʰeva·A·1s«√rabʰ tvamr2msg  
    indraNmsv svādiṣṭʰājfsi girnfsi śacīvatjmsv 



2.  Just stay, O generous one, do not go away!
    To thee, [who was born] of well-pressed Soma, [thou] do sacrifice now!
    Like son [grasps] the hem of father's dress, I grasp thy,
    O Indra, with the sweetest song, O accompanied by enabling powers one!



śáṃsāvādʰvaryo práti me gṛṇīhī́ndrāya vā́haḥ kṛṇavāva júṣṭam |
édáṃ barhíryájamānasya sīdā́tʰā ca bʰūduktʰámíndrāya śastám || 3||



3.  śaṃsāvavp·Ae1d«√śaṃs adʰvaryunmsv pratip ahamr1msa gṛṇīhivp·Ao2s«√gṝ  
    indraNmsd vāhasnnsa kṛṇavāvavp·Ae1d«√kṛ juṣṭajnsa |
    āp ayamr3nsa barhisnnsa yajamānata·Amsg«√yaj sīdavp·Ao2s«√sad  
    atʰāc cac bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū uktʰannsn indraNmsd śastajnsn 



3.  So that we two will repeat [after thee], O adʰvaryu, recite towards me,
    so that we two will perform invocation agreeable to Indra,
    sit on this sacrificer's grass;
    and now a verse for Indra shall be recited.
------



jāyédástaṃ magʰavansédu yónistádíttvā yuktā́ hárayo vahantu |
yadā́ kadā́ ca sunávāma sómamagníṣṭvā dūtó dʰanvātyácʰa || 4||



4.  jāyānfsn idc astannsn magʰavanjmsvr3fsn idc uc yoninmsn  
    tadr3nsa idc tvamr2msa yuktajmpn harijmpn vahantuvp·Ao3p«√vah |
    yadāc kadāc cac sunavāmavp·Ae1p«√su somanmsa  
    agniNmsn tvamr2msa dūtanmsn dʰanvātivp·Ae3s«√dʰanv acʰap 



4.  Only a wife is home, O generous one, only she is a womb;
    may yoked tawny ones convey that to thee!
    And whenever we were to extract Soma,
    Agni will run as a messenger towards thee.



párā yāhi magʰavannā́ ca yāhī́ndra bʰrātarubʰayátrā te ártʰam |
yátrā rátʰasya bṛható nidʰā́naṃ vimócanaṃ vājíno rā́sabʰasya || 5||



5.  parāa yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā magʰavanjmsv āp cac yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā  
    indraNmsv bʰrātṛnmsv ubʰayatraa tvamr2msd artʰannsn |
    yatrac ratʰanmsg bṛhatjmsg nidʰānannsn  
    vimocanannsn vājinnmsg rāsabʰanmsg 



5.  Journey far away, O generous one, and journey [back] here,
    O brother Indra! In both cases, [there is] a purpose for thee
    wherever [there is] putting aside the mighty chariot
    [or] unyoking of stubborn possessing a rush of vigour one.



ápāḥ sómamástamindra prá yāhi kalyāṇī́rjāyā́ suráṇaṃ gṛhé te |
yátrā rátʰasya bṛható nidʰā́naṃ vimócanaṃ vājíno dákṣiṇāvat || 6||



6.  apāsvp·U·2s«√pā somanmsa astannsa indraNmsv prap yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā  
    kalyānījfsn jāyānfsn suraṇannsn gṛhanmsl tvamr2msd |
    yatrac ratʰanmsg bṛhatjmsg nidʰānannsn  
    vimocanannsn vājinnmsg dakṣiṇāvatjnsn 



6.  Thou have drunk Soma, O Indra, set out home ---
    a joy for thee in a house [is] a beautiful wife
    wherever [there is] putting aside the mighty chariot
    [or] unyoking of possessing a rush of vigour, abounding in sacrificial rewards one.



imé bʰojā́ áṅgiraso vírūpā divásputrā́so ásurasya vīrā́ḥ |
viśvā́mitrāya dádato magʰā́ni sahasrasāvé prá tiranta ā́yuḥ || 7||



7.  ayamr3mpn bʰojajmpn aṅgirasnmpn virūpajmpn  
    dyunmsg putranmpn asuranmsg vīranmpn |
    (viśvanns-mitranms)jmsd dadattp·Ampn«√dā magʰannpa  
    (sahasrau-sāvanms)jmsl prap tiranteva·A·3p«√tṝ āyusnnsa 



7.  These [are] liberal aṅgiras-es, of different forms,
    sons of the Heaven, heroes of the asura;
    to him for whom everyone is a friend they are giving gifts,
    in him who had thousand Soma libations they extend the vital power.



rūpáṃrūpaṃ magʰávā bobʰavīti māyā́ḥ kṛṇvānástanvàṃ pari svā́m |
tríryáddiváḥ pári muhūrtámā́gātsvaírmántrairánṛtupā ṛtā́vā || 8||



8.  (rūpanns-rūpanns)a magʰavanjmsn bobʰavītivpIA·3s«√bʰū  
    māyānfpa kṛṇvānata·Amsn«√kṛ tanūnfsa parip svājfsa |
    trisa yadc dyunmsb parip muhūrtanmsa āp agātvp·U·3s«√gā  
    svanmpi mantranmpi (anṛtua-pājms)jmsn ṛtāvanjmsn 



8.  The generous one was assuming² form after form
    effecting powers to configure [physiological processes] all over his body --- when thrice [but] for a short time
    he made an appearance from the Heaven;
    drinking out of turn, [he is] furthering ṛta by his own mantras.



mahā́m̐ ṛ́ṣirdevajā́ devájūtó'stabʰnātsíndʰumarṇaváṃ nṛcákṣāḥ |
viśvā́mitro yádávahatsudā́samápriyāyata kuśikébʰiríndraḥ || 9||



9.  mahatjmsn ṛṣinmsn (devanms-jājms)jmsn (devanms-jūtajms)jmsn  
    astabʰnātvp·Aa3s«√stambʰ sindʰunmsa arṇavajmsa (nṛnms-cakṣasnms)jmsn |
    (viśvanns-mitranms)jmsn yadc avahatvp·Aa3s«√vah sudāsNmsa  
    apriyāyatavp·U·3s«√priyāy kuśikaNmpi indraNmsn 



9.  Exalting seer, impelled by the deva, manifested as a deva,
    being a guide of men, stopped the flooding river.
    When he for whom everyone is a friend conveyed Sudās,
    Indra became endeared with descendants of Kuśika.
------



haṃsā́ iva kṛṇutʰa ślókamádribʰirmádanto gīrbʰíradʰvaré suté sácā |
devébʰirviprā ṛṣayo nṛcakṣaso ví pibadʰvaṃ kuśikāḥ somyáṃ mádʰu || 10||



10. haṃsanmpn ivac kṛṇutʰavp·A·2p«√kṛ ślokanmsa adrinmpi  
     mandantjmpn girnfpi adʰvaranmsl sutajmsl sacāa |
     devanmpi viprajmpv ṛṣinmpv (nṛnms-cakṣasnms)jmpv  
     vip pibadʰvamva·Ao2p«√pā kuśikaNmpv somyajnsn madʰunnsa 



10. Like bar-headed geese do ye make a call with [pressing] stones;
    exhilarated by chants during proceeding on its way [sacrifice], in the presence of extracted [Soma],
    O inspired by deva-s seers, O guides of men,
    drink, O descendants of Kuśika, containing Soma honey!



úpa préta kuśikāścetáyadʰvamáśvaṃ rāyé prá muñcatā sudā́saḥ |
rā́jā vṛtráṃ jaṅgʰanatprā́gápāgúdagátʰā yajāte vára ā́ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ || 11||



11. upap prap itavp·Ao2p«√i kuśikaNmpv cetayadʰvamvaCAo2p«√cit  
     aśvanmsa rainmsd prap muñcatavp·Ao2p«√muc sudāsNmsg |
     rājannmsn vṛtrannsa jaṅgʰanatvpIAE3s«√han prāka apāka udaka  
     atʰāc yajāteva·Ae3s«√yaj varanmsl āp pṛtʰivīnfsg 



11. Set out and begin, O descendants of Kuśika, make yourselves known!
    Unleash Sudās' horse for the sake of the treasure!
    The chief shall strike Vṛtra again and again to the east, to the west and to the north
    so that he can consecrate [you] in the enclosing [you] [patch] of the ground.
------



yá imé ródasī ubʰé ahámíndramátuṣṭavam |
viśvā́mitrasya rakṣati bráhmedáṃ bʰā́rataṃ jánam || 12||



12. yasr3msn ayamr3nda rodasnnda ubʰajnda  
     ahamr1msn indraNmsa atustavamvp·U·1s«√stu |
     (viśvanns-mitranms)jmsg rakṣativp·A·3s«√rakṣ  
     brahmannnsn ayamr3nsn bʰāratajmsa jananmsa 



12. ``I have eulogized Indra 
    who [filled]³ both of these Rodas-es.''
    This sacred formula of him for whom everyone is a friend
    guards the people of Bʰarata.



viśvā́mitrā arāsata bráhméndrāya vajríṇe |
káradínnaḥ surā́dʰasaḥ || 13||



13. (viśvanns-mitranms)jmpn arāsatava·U·3p«√rā  
     brahmannnsa indraNmsd vajrinnmsd |
     karatvp·AE3s«√kṛ idc vayamr1mpa surādʰasjmpa |



13. Descendants of him for whom everyone is a friend imparted to themselves 
    the sacred formula for bearing thunderbolt Indra ---
    it shall surely make us well-satisfying [him].



kíṃ te kṛṇvanti kī́kaṭeṣu gā́vo nā́śíraṃ duhré ná tapanti gʰarmám |
ā́ no bʰara prámagandasya védo naicāśākʰáṃ magʰavanrandʰayā naḥ || 14||



14. kir3nsa tvamr2msd kṛṇvantivp·A·3p«√kṛ kīkaṭaNmpl gonfpn  
     nac āśirnfsa duduhreva·I·3p«√duh nac tapantivp·A·3p«√tap gʰarmanmsa |
     āp vayamr1mpd bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ pramagandaNmsg vedasnnsa  
     naicāśākʰanmsa magʰavanjmsv randʰayavp·Ao2s«√randʰ vayamr1mpd 



14. What do cows among Kītaṭa-s do for thee?
    They have not milked the mixture, they do not heat the pot.
    Bring to us the knowledge of Pramaganda,
    make the [city of] Naicāśākʰa subject to us, O generous one!
------



sasarparī́rámatiṃ bā́dʰamānā bṛhánmimāya jamádagnidattā |
ā́ sū́ryasya duhitā́ tatāna śrávo devéṣvamṛ́tamajuryám || 15||



15. sasarparīNfsn amatinfsa bādʰamānata·Afsn«√bādʰ  
     bṛhatjnsa mimāyavp·I·3s«√mī jamadagnidattajfsn |
     āp sūryanmsg duhitṛnfsn tatānavp·I·3s«√tan  
     śravasnnsa devanmpl amṛtajnsa ajuryajnsa 



15. Given by Jamadagni Sasarparī,⁴, driving away impulsiveness,
    has diminished an extensive [auditory impression];
    daughter of the sun has overspread among deva-s
    an unceasing undecaying auditory impression.



sasarparī́rabʰarattū́yamebʰyó'dʰi śrávaḥ pā́ñcajanyāsu kṛṣṭíṣu |
sā́ pakṣyā̀ návyamā́yurdádʰānā yā́ṃ me palastijamadagnáyo dadúḥ || 16||



16. sasarparīNfsn abʰaratvp·Aa3s«√bʰṛ tūyama ayamr3mpb  
     adʰip śravasnnsa (pañcau-janyajms)jfpl kṛṣṭinfpl |
     sasr3fsn pakṣyājfsn navyajnsa āyusnnsa dadʰānata·Afsn«√dʰā  
     yasr3fsa ahamr1msd (palastijms-jamadagniNms)Nmpn dadurvp·I·3p«√dā 



16. Sasarparī quickly brought from these⁵
    [this] auditory impression into tribes arising from the five [senses];
    [she,] whom grey-haired Jamadagni-s imparted to me,
    she, siding [with those tribes], [is thus] acquiring new vital power.
------



stʰiraú gā́vau bʰavatāṃ vīḷúrákṣo méṣā́ ví varhi mā́ yugáṃ ví śāri |
índraḥ pātalyè dadatāṃ śárītoráriṣṭaneme abʰí naḥ sacasva || 17||



17. stʰirajmda gonmda bʰavatāmvp·Ao3d«√bʰū vīḷujmsn akṣanmsnc īṣānnsn vip varhivp·U·3s«√bṛhc yugannsn vip śārivp·UE3s«√śṝ |
     indraNmsn pātalyanndn dadatāmvp·Ao3d«√dā śarītosv···D··«√śṝ  
     (ariṣṭajms-neminfs)jmsv abʰip vayamr1mpa sacasvava·Ao2s«√sac 



17. May two oxen be relentless, the axle --- rigid⁶
    may not the carriage-pole be wobbling, may not the yoke fall apart!
    May Indra [and] two pātalya-s,⁷ allow to crush [obstacles]!
    O having undamaged-wheel-rims one⁸, accompany us!



bálaṃ dʰehi tanū́ṣu no bálamindrānaḷútsu naḥ |
bálaṃ tokā́ya tánayāya jīváse tváṃ hí baladā́ ási || 18||



18. balannsa dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā tanūnfpl vayamr1mpg  
     balannsa indraNmsv anaḷuhnmpl vayamr1mpg |
     balannsa tokannsd tanayajnsd dʰānyajnsd jīvasev···D··«√jīv  
     hic tvamr2msn (balanns-dājms)jmsn asivp·A·2s«√as 



18. Put strength into our bodies
    strength into our cars, O Indra!
    [Give] strength to live to children propagating [our] family ---
    because thou are the strength-giving one.



abʰí vyayasva kʰadirásya sā́ramójo dʰehi spandané śiṃśápāyām |
ákṣa vīḷo vīḷita vīḷáyasva mā́ yā́mādasmā́dáva jīhipo naḥ || 19||



19. abʰip vyayasvavp·Ao2s«√vye kʰadiranmsg sāranmsa  
     ojasnnsa dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā spandanannsl śiṃśapānfsl |
     akṣannsa vīḷujmsv vīḷitajmsv vīḷayasvavaCAo2s«√vīḷc yāmanmsb ayamr3msb avap jīhipasvpCA·2s«√hā vayamr1msa 



19. Wrap thyself into energy of kʰadira⁹,
    put vigour into the pulse, into śiṃśapā¹⁰!
    O firm, made-firm one! Make [thy] eye firm¹¹,
    do not make us deviate from this course!



ayámasmā́nvánaspátirmā́ ca hā́ mā́ ca rīriṣat |
svastyā́ gṛhébʰya ā́vasā́ ā́ vimócanāt || 20||



20. ayamr3msn vayamr1msa (vanasnns-patinms)nmsnc cac hāsvp·UE2s«√hāc cac rīriṣatvp·UE3s«√riṣ |
     svastinfsi āp gṛhanmpd āp avasaiv···D··«ava~√so āp vimocanannsb 



20. May not thou abandon us,
    and may not this governing motive hurt [us]
    so that we can [still] finish [it] off with well-being ---
    as far as houses, as far as unyoking¹².



índrotíbʰirbahulā́bʰirno adyá yācʰreṣṭʰā́bʰirmagʰavañcʰūra jinva |
yó no dvéṣṭyádʰaraḥ sáspadīṣṭa yámu dviṣmástámu prāṇó jahātu || 21||



21. indraNmsv ūtinfpi bahulājfpi vayamr1msd adyaa  
     (yātjms-śreṣṭʰajms)jfpi magʰavanjmsv śūranmsv jinvavp·Ao2s«√jinv |
     yasr3msn vayamr1mpa dvestivp·A·3s«√dviṣ adʰarajmsn sasr3msn padīṣṭavp·AI3s«√pad  
     yasr3msa uc dviṣmasvp·A·1p«√dviṣ sasr3msa uc prāṇanmsn jahātuvp·Ao3s«√hā 



21. O Indra, with numerous side-effects to us today, 
    with best possible ones, urge [us] on, O generous agent of change!
    Who, being inferior, shows hostility towards us --- may he fall down,
    and to whom we are hostile, may the breath of life abandon him.



paraśúṃ cidví tapati śimbaláṃ cidví vṛścati |
ukʰā́ cidindra yéṣantī práyastā pʰénamasyati || 22||



22. (parajms-śujms)nmsa cidc vip tapativp·A·3s«√tap  
     śimbalanmsa idc vip vṛścativp·A·3s«√vraśc |
     ukʰānfsn cidc indraNmsv yeṣantītp·Afsn«√yeṣ  
     prayastājfsn pʰenanmsa asyativp·A·3s«√as 



22. He warms up even the ax,
    he severs the very strength to exert himself.
    Even boiling pot, O Indra,
    bubbling over, casts froth.



ná sā́yakasya cikite janāso lodʰáṃ nayanti páśu mányamānāḥ |
nā́vājinaṃ vājínā hāsayanti ná gardabʰáṃ puró áśvānnayanti || 23||



23. nac sāyakajnsg cikiteva·A·3p«√cit jananmpn  
     lodʰanmsa nayantivp·A·3p«√nī paśunnsa manyamānatp·Ampn«√man |
     nac avājinajmsa vājinnmsi hāsayantivpCA·3p«√has  
     nac gardabʰanmsa purasa aśvanmsb nayantivp·A·3p«√nī 



23. Folks do not take notice of the intended;
    they, being thought of as a cattle, lead a greedy [man to their own ruin],
    they do not make him who lacks the rush of vigour to laugh at him who is capable of a rush of vigour,
    they do not lead a donkey before a horse.



imá indra bʰaratásya putrā́ apapitváṃ cikiturná prapitvám |
hinvántyáśvamáraṇaṃ ná nítyaṃ jyā̀vājaṃ pári ṇayantyājaú || 24||



24. ayamr3mpn indraNmsv bʰaratajmsg putranmpn  
     apapitvannsa cikiturvp·I·3p«√cit nac prapitvannsa |
     hinvantivp·A·3p«√hi aśvanmsa araṇajmsa nac nityajmsa  
     (jyānfs-vājanms)jmsa parip nayantivp·A·3p«√nī ājinmsl 



24. O Indra, these sons of him¹³ who is to be maintained
    have noticed the separation¹⁴, not the flight forward,
    they impel a distant horse, not the innate one;
    in a contest, they lead around the [horse] whose rush of vigour is like a bow-string¹⁵.


1 Soma
2 lit. ``assumes''
3 on the basis of 3.34.1d
4 a particular mental gesture, likely the one that in later Buddhist traditions is called mahāmudrā, and has as essential part of it ``being continuously aware of what the mind is experiencing''
5 that is, deva-s
6 lit. ``firm, firmly fixed''
7 meaning unknown
8 prob. ``the sun''
9 meaning not clear, prob. ``muscle firmness''
10 meaning not clear, prob. ``an oath to exert one's self''
11 prob. ``not wandering around, turned robustly towards the goal''
12 = settled/peaceful life
13 prob. Rudra
14 that is an effect of Rudra
15 that is, snaps from tensioned state without showing persistence


Sūkta 3.54 

imáṃ mahé vidatʰyā̀ya śūṣáṃ śáśvatkṛ́tva ī́ḍyāya prá jabʰruḥ |
śṛṇótu no dámyebʰiránīkaiḥ śṛṇótvagnírdivyaírájasraḥ || 1||











máhi mahé divé arcā pṛtʰivyaí kā́mo ma icʰáñcarati prajānán |
yáyorha stóme vidátʰeṣu devā́ḥ saparyávo mādáyante sácāyóḥ || 2||











yuvórṛtáṃ rodasī satyámastu mahé ṣú ṇaḥ suvitā́ya prá bʰūtam |
idáṃ divé námo agne pṛtʰivyaí saparyā́mi práyasā yā́mi rátnam || 3||











utó hí vāṃ pūrvyā́ āvividrá ṛ́tāvarī rodasī satyavā́caḥ |
náraścidvāṃ samitʰé śū́rasātau vavandiré pṛtʰivi vévidānāḥ || 4||











kó addʰā́ veda ká ihá prá vocaddevā́m̐ ácʰā patʰyā̀ kā́ sámeti |
dádṛśra eṣāmavamā́ sádāṃsi páreṣu yā́ gúhyeṣu vratéṣu || 5||











kavírnṛcákṣā abʰí ṣīmacaṣṭa ṛtásya yónā vígʰṛte mádantī |
nā́nā cakrāte sádanaṃ yátʰā véḥ samānéna krátunā saṃvidāné || 6||











samānyā́ víyute dūréante dʰruvé padé tastʰaturjāgarū́ke |
utá svásārā yuvatī́ bʰávantī ā́du bruvāte mitʰunā́ni nā́ma || 7||











víśvédeté jánimā sáṃ vivikto mahó devā́nbíbʰratī ná vyatʰete |
éjaddʰruváṃ patyate víśvamékaṃ cáratpatatrí víṣuṇaṃ ví jātám || 8||











sánā purāṇámádʰyemyārā́nmaháḥ pitúrjanitúrjāmí tánnaḥ |
devā́so yátra panitā́ra évairuraú patʰí vyute tastʰúrantáḥ || 9||











imáṃ stómaṃ rodasī prá bravīmyṛdūdárāḥ śṛṇavannagnijihvā́ḥ |
mitráḥ samrā́jo váruṇo yúvāna ādityā́saḥ kaváyaḥ papratʰānā́ḥ || 10||











híraṇyapāṇiḥ savitā́ sujihvástrírā́ divó vidátʰe pátyamānaḥ |
devéṣu ca savitaḥ ślókamáśrerā́dasmábʰyamā́ suva sarvátātim || 11||











sukṛ́tsupāṇíḥ svávām̐ ṛtā́vā devástváṣṭā́vase tā́ni no dʰāt |
pūṣaṇvánta ṛbʰavo mādayadʰvamūrdʰvágrāvāṇo adʰvarámataṣṭa || 12||











vidyúdratʰā marúta ṛṣṭimánto divó máryā ṛtájātā ayā́saḥ |
sárasvatī śṛṇavanyajñíyāso dʰā́tā rayíṃ sahávīraṃ turāsaḥ || 13||



13. (vidyutnfs-ratʰanms)jmpn marutNmpn ṛṣṭimantjmpn  
     dyunmsb maryanmpn (ṛtanns-jātajms)jmpn ayāsjmpn |
     sarasvatīNfsn śṛṇavanvp·Ae3p«√śru yajñiyajmpn  
     dʰātavp·Ao2p«√dʰā rayinmsa sahavīrajmsa turajmpv 



13. [Since] having lightning for a chariot, having spears, agile, 
    born of ṛta recruits from Heaven --- Marut-s ---
    [and] Sarasvatī would listen, may they, worthy of a sacrifice,
    bestow the treasure coming with the valiant one, O pressing forward ones!



víṣṇuṃ stómāsaḥ purudasmámarkā́ bʰágasyeva kāríṇo yā́mani gman |
urukramáḥ kakuhó yásya pūrvī́rná mardʰanti yuvatáyo jánitrīḥ || 14||











índro víśvairvīryaìḥ pátyamāna ubʰé ā́ paprau ródasī mahitvā́ |
puraṃdaró vṛtrahā́ dʰṛṣṇúṣeṇaḥ saṃgṛ́bʰyā na ā́ bʰarā bʰū́ri paśváḥ || 15||











nā́satyā me pitárā bandʰupṛ́cʰā sajātyàmaśvínoścā́ru nā́ma |
yuváṃ hí stʰó rayidaú no rayīṇā́ṃ dātráṃ rakṣetʰe ákavairádabdʰā || 16||











maháttádvaḥ kavayaścā́ru nā́ma yáddʰa devā bʰávatʰa víśva índre |
sákʰa ṛbʰúbʰiḥ puruhūta priyébʰirimā́ṃ dʰíyaṃ sātáye takṣatā naḥ || 17||











aryamā́ ṇo áditiryajñíyāsó'dabdʰāni váruṇasya vratā́ni |
yuyóta no anapatyā́ni gántoḥ prajā́vānnaḥ paśumā́m̐ astu gātúḥ || 18||











devā́nāṃ dūtáḥ purudʰá prásūtó'nāgānno vocatu sarvátātā |
śṛṇótu naḥ pṛtʰivī́ dyaúrutā́paḥ sū́ryo nákṣatrairurvàntárikṣam || 19||











śṛṇvántu no vṛ́ṣaṇaḥ párvatāso dʰruvákṣemāsa íḷayā mádantaḥ |
ādityaírno áditiḥ śṛṇotu yácʰantu no marútaḥ śárma bʰadrám || 20||











sádā sugáḥ pitumā́m̐ astu pántʰā mádʰvā devā óṣadʰīḥ sáṃ pipṛkta |
bʰágo me agne sakʰyé ná mṛdʰyā údrāyó aśyāṃ sádanaṃ purukṣóḥ || 21||











svádasva havyā́ sámíṣo didīhyasmadryàksáṃ mimīhi śrávāṃsi |
víśvām̐ agne pṛtsú tā́ñjeṣi śátrūnáhā víśvā sumánā dīdihī naḥ || 22||














Sūkta 3.55 

uṣásaḥ pū́rvā ádʰa yádvyūṣúrmahádví jajñe akṣáraṃ padé góḥ |
vratā́ devā́nāmúpa nú prabʰū́ṣanmaháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 1||











mó ṣū́ ṇo átra juhuranta devā́ mā́ pū́rve agne pitáraḥ padajñā́ḥ |
purāṇyóḥ sádmanoḥ ketúrantármaháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 2||











ví me purutrā́ patayanti kā́māḥ śámyácʰā dīdye pūrvyā́ṇi |
sámiddʰe agnā́vṛtámídvadema maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 3||











samānó rā́jā víbʰṛtaḥ purutrā́ śáye śayā́su práyuto vánā́nu |
anyā́ vatsáṃ bʰárati kṣéti mātā́ maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 4||











ākṣítpū́rvāsváparā anūrútsadyó jātā́su táruṇīṣvantáḥ |
antárvatīḥ suvate ápravītā maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 5||











śayúḥ parástādádʰa nú dvimātā́bandʰanáścarati vatsá ékaḥ |
mitrásya tā́ váruṇasya vratā́ni maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 6||











dvimātā́ hótā vidátʰeṣu samrā́ḷánvágraṃ cárati kṣéti budʰnáḥ |
prá ráṇyāni raṇyavā́co bʰarante maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 7||











śū́rasyeva yúdʰyato antamásya pratīcī́naṃ dadṛśe víśvamāyát |
antármatíścarati niṣṣídʰaṃ górmaháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 8||











ní veveti palitó dūtá āsvantármahā́m̐ścarati rocanéna |
vápūṃṣi bíbʰradabʰí no ví caṣṭe maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 9||











víṣṇurgopā́ḥ paramáṃ pāti pā́tʰaḥ priyā́ dʰā́mānyamṛ́tā dádʰānaḥ |
agníṣṭā́ víśvā bʰúvanāni veda maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 10||











nā́nā cakrāte yamyā̀ vápūṃṣi táyoranyádrócate kṛṣṇámanyát |
śyā́vī ca yádáruṣī ca svásārau maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 11||











mātā́ ca yátra duhitā́ ca dʰenū́ sabardúgʰe dʰāpáyete samīcī́ |
ṛtásya té sádasīḷe antármaháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 12||











anyásyā vatsáṃ rihatī́ mimāya káyā bʰuvā́ ní dadʰe dʰenúrū́dʰaḥ |
ṛtásya sā́ páyasāpinvatéḷā maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 13||











pádyā vaste pururū́pā vápūṃṣyūrdʰvā́ tastʰau tryáviṃ rérihāṇā |
ṛtásya sádma ví carāmi vidvā́nmaháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 14||











padé iva níhite dasmé antástáyoranyádgúhyamāvíranyát |
sadʰrīcīnā́ patʰyā̀ sā́ víṣūcī maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 15||











ā́ dʰenávo dʰunayantāmáśiśvīḥ sabardúgʰāḥ śaśayā́ ápradugdʰāḥ |
návyānavyā yuvatáyo bʰávantīrmaháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 16||











yádanyā́su vṛṣabʰó róravīti só anyásminyūtʰé ní dadʰāti rétaḥ |
sá hí kṣápāvānsá bʰágaḥ sá rā́jā maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 17||











vīrásya nú sváśvyaṃ janāsaḥ prá nú vocāma vidúrasya devā́ḥ |
ṣoḷhā́ yuktā́ḥ páñcapañcā́ vahanti maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 18||











devástváṣṭā savitā́ viśvárūpaḥ pupóṣa prajā́ḥ purudʰā́ jajāna |
imā́ ca víśvā bʰúvanānyasya maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 19||











mahī́ sámairaccamvā̀ samīcī́ ubʰé té asya vásunā nyṛ̀ṣṭe |
śṛṇvé vīró vindámāno vásūni maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 20||











imā́ṃ ca naḥ pṛtʰivī́ṃ viśvádʰāyā úpa kṣeti hitámitro ná rā́jā |
puraḥsádaḥ śarmasádo ná vīrā́ maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 21||











niṣṣídʰvarīsta óṣadʰīrutā́po rayíṃ ta indra pṛtʰivī́ bibʰarti |
sákʰāyaste vāmabʰā́jaḥ syāma maháddevā́nāmasuratvámékam || 22||












Sūkta 3.56 

ná tā́ minanti māyíno ná dʰī́rā vratā́ devā́nāṃ pratʰamā́ dʰruvā́ṇi |
ná ródasī adrúhā vedyā́bʰirná párvatā nináme tastʰivā́ṃsaḥ || 1||











ṣáḍbʰārā́m̐ éko ácaranbibʰartyṛtáṃ várṣiṣṭʰamúpa gā́va ā́guḥ |
tisró mahī́rúparāstastʰurátyā gúhā dvé níhite dárśyékā || 2||











tripājasyó vṛṣabʰó viśvárūpa utá tryudʰā́ purudʰá prajā́vān |
tryanīkáḥ patyate mā́hināvānsá retodʰā́ vṛṣabʰáḥ śáśvatīnām || 3||











abʰī́ka āsāṃ padavī́rabodʰyādityā́nāmahve cā́ru nā́ma |
ā́paścidasmā aramanta devī́ḥ pṛ́tʰagvrájantīḥ pári ṣīmavṛñjan || 4||











trī́ ṣadʰástʰā sindʰavastríḥ kavīnā́mutá trimātā́ vidátʰeṣu samrā́ṭ |
ṛtā́varīryóṣaṇāstisró ápyāstrírā́ divó vidátʰe pátyamānāḥ || 5||











trírā́ diváḥ savitarvā́ryāṇi divédiva ā́ suva trírno áhnaḥ |
tridʰā́tu rāyá ā́ suvā vásūni bʰága trātardʰiṣaṇe sātáye dʰāḥ || 6||











trírā́ diváḥ savitā́ soṣavīti rā́jānā mitrā́váruṇā supāṇī́ |
ā́paścidasya ródasī cidurvī́ rátnaṃ bʰikṣanta savitúḥ savā́ya || 7||











tríruttamā́ dūṇáśā rocanā́ni tráyo rājantyásurasya vīrā́ḥ |
ṛtā́vāna iṣirā́ dūḷábʰāsastrírā́ divó vidátʰe santu devā́ḥ || 8||












Sūkta 3.57 

prá me vivikvā́m̐ avidanmanīṣā́ṃ dʰenúṃ cárantīṃ práyutāmágopām |
sadyáścidyā́ duduhé bʰū́ri dʰāséríndrastádagníḥ panitā́ro asyāḥ || 1||











índraḥ sú pūṣā́ vṛ́ṣaṇā suhástā divó ná prītā́ḥ śaśayáṃ duduhre |
víśve yádasyāṃ raṇáyanta devā́ḥ prá vó'tra vasavaḥ sumnámaśyām || 2||











yā́ jāmáyo vṛ́ṣṇa icʰánti śaktíṃ namasyántīrjānate gárbʰamasmin |
ácʰā putráṃ dʰenávo vāvaśānā́ maháścaranti bíbʰrataṃ vápūṃṣi || 3||











ácʰā vivakmi ródasī suméke grā́vṇo yujānó adʰvaré manīṣā́ |
imā́ u te mánave bʰū́rivārā ūrdʰvā́ bʰavanti darśatā́ yájatrāḥ || 4||











yā́ te jihvā́ mádʰumatī sumedʰā́ ágne devéṣūcyáta urūcī́ |
táyehá víśvām̐ ávase yájatrānā́ sādaya pāyáyā cā mádʰūni || 5||











yā́ te agne párvatasyeva dʰā́rā́saścantī pīpáyaddeva citrā́ |
tā́masmábʰyaṃ prámatiṃ jātavedo váso rā́sva sumatíṃ viśvájanyām || 6||












Sūkta 3.58 

dʰenúḥ pratnásya kā́myaṃ dúhānāntáḥ putráścarati dákṣiṇāyāḥ |
ā́ dyotaníṃ vahati śubʰráyāmoṣása stómo aśvínāvajīgaḥ || 1||











suyúgvahanti práti vāmṛténordʰvā́ bʰavanti pitáreva médʰāḥ |
járetʰāmasmádví paṇérmanīṣā́ṃ yuvórávaścakṛmā́ yātamarvā́k || 2||











suyúgbʰiráśvaiḥ suvṛ́tā rátʰena dásrāvimáṃ śṛṇutaṃ ślókamádreḥ |
kímaṅgá vāṃ prátyávartiṃ gámiṣṭʰāhúrvíprāso aśvinā purājā́ḥ || 3||











ā́ manyetʰāmā́ gataṃ káccidévairvíśve jánāso aśvínā havante |
imā́ hí vāṃ góṛjīkā mádʰūni prá mitrā́so ná dadúrusró ágre || 4||











tiráḥ purū́ cidaśvinā rájāṃsyāṅgūṣó vāṃ magʰavānā jáneṣu |
éhá yātaṃ patʰíbʰirdevayā́nairdásrāvimé vāṃ nidʰáyo mádʰūnām || 5||











purāṇámókaḥ sakʰyáṃ śiváṃ vāṃ yuvórnarā dráviṇaṃ jahnā́vyām |
púnaḥ kṛṇvānā́ḥ sakʰyā́ śivā́ni mádʰvā madema sahá nū́ samānā́ḥ || 6||











áśvinā vāyúnā yuváṃ sudakṣā niyúdbʰiṣca sajóṣasā yuvānā |
nā́satyā tiróahnyaṃ juṣāṇā́ sómaṃ pibatamasrídʰā sudānū || 7||











áśvinā pári vāmíṣaḥ purūcī́rīyúrgīrbʰíryátamānā ámṛdʰrāḥ |
rátʰo ha vāmṛtajā́ ádrijūtaḥ pári dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ yāti sadyáḥ || 8||











áśvinā madʰuṣúttamo yuvā́kuḥ sómastáṃ pātamā́ gataṃ duroṇé |
rátʰo ha vāṃ bʰū́ri várpaḥ kárikratsutā́vato niṣkṛtámā́gamiṣṭʰaḥ || 9||












Sūkta 3.59 

mitró jánānyātayati bruvāṇó mitró dādʰāra pṛtʰivī́mutá dyā́m |
mitráḥ kṛṣṭī́ránimiṣābʰí caṣṭe mitrā́ya havyáṃ gʰṛtávajjuhota || 1||











prá sá mitra márto astu práyasvānyásta āditya śíkṣati vraténa |
ná hanyate ná jīyate tvóto naínamáṃho aśnotyántito ná dūrā́t || 2||











anamīvā́sa íḷayā mádanto mitájñavo várimannā́ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
ādityásya vratámupakṣiyánto vayáṃ mitrásya sumataú syāma || 3||











ayáṃ mitró namasyàḥ suśévo rā́jā sukṣatró ajaniṣṭa vedʰā́ḥ |
tásya vayáṃ sumataú yajñíyasyā́pi bʰadré saumanasé syāma || 4||











mahā́m̐ ādityó námasopasádyo yātayájjano gṛṇaté suśévaḥ |
tásmā etátpányatamāya júṣṭamagnaú mitrā́ya havírā́ juhota || 5||











mitrásya carṣaṇīdʰṛ́tó'vo devásya sānasí |
dyumnáṃ citráśravastamam || 6||











abʰí yó mahinā́ dívaṃ mitró babʰū́va saprátʰāḥ |
abʰí śrávobʰiḥ pṛtʰivī́m || 7||











mitrā́ya páñca yemire jánā abʰíṣṭiśavase |
sá devā́nvíśvānbibʰarti || 8||











mitró devéṣvāyúṣu jánāya vṛktábarhiṣe |
íṣa iṣṭávratā akaḥ || 9||












Sūkta 3.60 

ihéha vo mánasā bandʰútā nara uśíjo jagmurabʰí tā́ni védasā |
yā́bʰirmāyā́bʰiḥ prátijūtivarpasaḥ saúdʰanvanā yajñíyaṃ bʰāgámānaśá || 1||











yā́bʰiḥ śácībʰiścamasā́m̐ ápiṃśata yáyā dʰiyā́ gā́máriṇīta cármaṇaḥ |
yéna hárī mánasā nirátakṣata téna devatvámṛbʰavaḥ sámānaśa || 2||











índrasya sakʰyámṛbʰávaḥ sámānaśurmánornápāto apáso dadʰanvire |
saudʰanvanā́so amṛtatvámérire viṣṭvī́ śámībʰiḥ sukṛ́taḥ sukṛtyáyā || 3||











índreṇa yātʰa sarátʰaṃ suté sácām̐ átʰo váśānāṃ bʰavatʰā sahá śriyā́ |
ná vaḥ pratimaí sukṛtā́ni vāgʰataḥ saúdʰanvanā ṛbʰavo vīryā̀ṇi ca || 4||











índra ṛbʰúbʰirvā́javadbʰiḥ sámukṣitaṃ sutáṃ sómamā́ vṛṣasvā gábʰastyoḥ |
dʰiyéṣitó magʰavandāśúṣo gṛhé saudʰanvanébʰiḥ sahá matsvā nṛ́bʰiḥ || 5||











índra ṛbʰumā́nvā́javānmatsvehá no'smínsávane śácyā puruṣṭuta |
imā́ni túbʰyaṃ svásarāṇi yemire vratā́ devā́nāṃ mánuṣaśca dʰármabʰiḥ || 6||











índra ṛbʰúbʰirvājíbʰirvājáyannihá stómaṃ jaritúrúpa yāhi yajñíyam |
śatáṃ kétebʰiriṣirébʰirāyáve sahásraṇītʰo adʰvarásya hómani || 7||












Sūkta 3.61 

úṣo vā́jena vājini prácetā stómaṃ juṣasva gṛṇató magʰoni |
purāṇī́ devi yuvatíḥ púraṃdʰiránu vratáṃ carasi viśvavāre || 1||











úṣo devyámartyā ví bʰāhi candráratʰā sūnṛ́tā īráyantī |
ā́ tvā vahantu suyámāso áśvā híraṇyavarṇāṃ pṛtʰupā́jaso yé || 2||











úṣaḥ pratīcī́ bʰúvanāni víśvordʰvā́ tiṣṭʰasyamṛ́tasya ketúḥ |
samānámártʰaṃ caraṇīyámānā cakrámiva navyasyā́ vavṛtsva || 3||











áva syū́meva cinvatī́ magʰónyuṣā́ yāti svásarasya pátnī |
svàrjánantī subʰágā sudáṃsā ā́ntāddiváḥ papratʰa ā́ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ || 4||











ácʰā vo devī́muṣásaṃ vibʰātī́ṃ prá vo bʰaradʰvaṃ námasā suvṛktím |
ūrdʰváṃ madʰudʰā́ diví pā́jo aśretprá rocanā́ ruruce raṇvásaṃdṛk || 5||











ṛtā́varī divó arkaírabodʰyā́ revátī ródasī citrámastʰāt |
āyatī́magna uṣásaṃ vibʰātī́ṃ vāmámeṣi dráviṇaṃ bʰíkṣamāṇaḥ || 6||











ṛtásya budʰná uṣásāmiṣaṇyánvṛ́ṣā mahī́ ródasī ā́ viveśa |
mahī́ mitrásya váruṇasya māyā́ candréva bʰānúṃ ví dadʰe purutrā́ || 7||












Sūkta 3.62 

imā́ u vāṃ bʰṛmáyo mányamānā yuvā́vate ná tújyā abʰūvan |
kvà tyádindrāvaruṇā yáśo vāṃ yéna smā sínaṃ bʰáratʰaḥ sákʰibʰyaḥ || 1||



1.  ayamr3fpn uc tvamr2mdg bʰṛmijfpn manyamānatp·Afpn«√man  
    yuvāvatjmdd nac tujyājfpn abʰūvanvp·Aa3p«√bʰū |
    kasr3msl tyadr3nsn (indraNmd-varuṇaNmd)Nmdv yaśasnnsn tvamr2mdg  
    yadr3nsi smac sinannsa bʰaratʰasvp·A·2d«√bʰṛ sakʰinmpd 



1.  These, thought of as endeavouring, [visualizations] of you two
    didn't become to-be-focused-upon for [a worshiper] of you both.
    Where, O Indra--Varuṇa, [is] that your worth
    with which you two always bring rewards to [your] companions?



ayámu vāṃ purutámo rayīyáñcʰaśvattamámávase johavīti |
sajóṣāvindrāvaruṇā marúdbʰirdivā́ pṛtʰivyā́ śṛṇutaṃ hávaṃ me || 2||



2.  ayamr3msn uc tvamr2mdg purutamajmsn rayiyantjmsn  
    śaśvattamama avasnnsd johavītivpIA·3s«√hve |
    sajoṣajmdn (indraNmd-varuṇaNmd)Nmdv marutNmpi  
    dyunmsi pṛtʰivīnfsi śṛṇutamvp·Ao2d«√śru havanmsa ahamr1msg 



2.  This one, the best-among-many [friend] of yours,
    seeking the treasure, again calls upon [you] for help.
    Acting in harmony with Marut-s, O Indra--Varuṇa,
    with the Heaven and the Earth, do listen to my invocation!



asmé tádindrāvaruṇā vásu ṣyādasmé rayírmarutaḥ sárvavīraḥ |
asmā́nvárūtrīḥ śaraṇaíravantvasmā́nhótrā bʰā́ratī dákṣiṇābʰiḥ || 3||



3.  vayamr1mpd tadr3nsn (indraNmd-varuṇaNmd)Nmdv vasunnsn syātvp·Ai3s«√as  
    vayamr1mpd rayinmsn marutNmsg (sarvajms-vīranms)jmsn |
    vayamr1mpa varūtrīnfpn śaraṇannpi avantuvp·Ao3p«√av  
    vayamr1mpa hotrānfsn bʰāratījfsn dakṣiṇānfpi 



3.  May that benefit be for us, O Indra--Varuṇa,
    for us [be] the all-heroic treasure of Marut-s!
    May us female guardians favor with [their] protections,
    [may] us the invocation of Bʰarata-s [favor] with sacrificial rewards.
------



bṛ́haspate juṣásva no havyā́ni viśvadevya |
rā́sva rátnāni dāśúṣe || 4||



4.  bṛhaspatiNmsv juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣ vayamr1mpg  
    havyannpa viśvadevyajmsv |
    rāsvavp·Uo2s«√rā ratnannpa dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś 



4.  O Bṛhaspati, enjoy our oblations,
    O dear to all deva-s,
    grant riches to the worshiper!



śúcimarkaírbṛ́haspátimadʰvaréṣu namasyata |
ánāmyója ā́ cake || 5||



5.  śucijmsa arkanmpi bṛhaspatiNmsa  
    adʰvaranmpl namasyatavp·Ao2p«√namasya |
    anāminjnsa ojasnnsa āp cakeva·A·1s«√kan 



5.  During proceeding on their way [sacrifices] do ye pay homage
    by means of hymns of illumination to shining Bṛhaspati!
    I agree to [his] unyielding vigour. 



vṛṣabʰáṃ carṣaṇīnā́ṃ viśvárūpamádābʰyam |
bṛ́haspátiṃ váreṇyam || 6||



6.  (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa carṣaṇinfpg  
    (viśvanns-rūpanns)jmsn adābʰyajmsa |
    bṛhaspatiNmsa vareṇyajmsa 



6.  [Do ye pay homage] to appearing as a bull one, to him who can assume any form
    of drawing to themselves,¹, to not-to-be-deceived
    to be preferred [to all others] Bṛhaspati!
------



iyáṃ te pūṣannāgʰṛṇe suṣṭutírdeva návyasī |
asmā́bʰistúbʰyaṃ śasyate || 7||



7.  ayamr3fsn tvamr2msg pūṣanNmsv āgʰṛṇijmsv suṣṭutijfsn devanmsv navyasījfsn |
    vayamr1mpi tvamr2msd śasyatevp·A·3s«√śaṃs 



7.  This new correctly articulated praise of thee,
    O flaring Pūṣan,
    is recited by us for thee, O deva!



tā́ṃ juṣasva gíraṃ máma vājayántīmavā dʰíyam |
vadʰūyúriva yóṣaṇām || 8||



8.  sasr3fsa juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣ girnfsa ahamr1msg  
    vājayantītp·Afsa«√vājay avavp·Ao2s«√av dʰīnfsa |
    vadʰūyujmsn ivac yoṣaṇānfsa 



8.  Enjoy this my song!
    Favour vision that employs a rush of vigour
    like one who seeks a wife [favours] a maiden.



yó víśvābʰí vipáśyati bʰúvanā sáṃ ca páśyati |
sá naḥ pūṣā́vitā́ bʰuvat || 9||



9.  yasr3msn viśvajnpa abʰip vipaśyativp·A·3s«vi~√paś  
    bʰuvanannpa samp cac paśyativp·A·3s«√paś |
    sasr3msn vayamr1mpd pūṣanNmsn avitṛnmsn bʰuvatvp·AE3s«√bʰū 



9.  He who looks in detail into all places of existence
    yet beholds [them] together ---
    Pūṣan shall become such a helper to us.
------



tátsavitúrváreṇyaṃ bʰárgo devásya dʰīmahi |
dʰíyo yó naḥ pracodáyāt || 10||



10. tadr3nsa savitṛnmsg vareṇyajnsa  
     bʰarganmsn devanmsg dʰīmahiva·UE1p«√dʰā |
     dʰīnfpa yasr3msn vayamr1mpg pracodayātvpCAe3s«pra~√cud 



10. Of the impeller² that which is to be preferred [to all else]
    let us accept --- the radiance of the deva --- 
    who [thus] will cause our visions to drive [us] on.



devásya savitúrvayáṃ vājayántaḥ púraṃdʰyā |
bʰágasya rātímīmahe || 11||



11. devanmsg savitṛnmsg vayamr1mpn  
     vājayanttp·Ampn«√vājay (purnfsa-dʰijms)jfsi |
     bʰaganmsg rātinfsa īmaheva·A·1p«√i 



11. We, practising rushes of vigour
    through liberality of deva the impeller,
    ask for the gift of good fortune.



deváṃ náraḥ savitā́raṃ víprā yajñaíḥ suvṛktíbʰiḥ |
namasyánti dʰiyéṣitā́ḥ || 12||



12. devanmsa nṛnmpn savitṛnmsa  
     viprajmpn yajñanmpi suvṛktijmpi |
     namasyantivp·A·3p«√namasya dʰīnfsi iṣitajmpn 



12. To deva-the-impeller inspired men
    pay homage with well-twisted sacrifices,
    [they,] driven by the vision.
------



sómo jigāti gātuvíddevā́nāmeti niṣkṛtám |
ṛtásya yónimāsádam || 13||



13. somanmsn jigātivp·A·3s«√gā (gātunms-vidjms)jmsn  
     devanmpg etivp·A·3s«√i niṣkṛtannsa |
     ṛtannsg yoninmsa āsadamv···D··«ā~√sad 



13. Finding an unimpeded way, Soma approaches;
    it goes towards the place where deva-s come out
    to settle into the womb of ṛta.



sómo asmábʰyaṃ dvipáde cátuṣpade ca paśáve |
anamīvā́ íṣaskarat || 14||



14. somanmsn vayamr1mpd (dviu-padnms)jmsd  
     (caturu-padnms)jmsd cac paśunmsd |
     anamīvājfpa iṣnfpa karatvp·AE3s«√kṛ 



14. For us, for two-footed, and four-footed beasts
    Soma shall create
    devoid of hangover³ libations.



asmā́kamā́yurvardʰáyannabʰímātīḥ sáhamānaḥ |
sómaḥ sadʰástʰamā́sadat || 15||



15. vayamr1mpg āyusnnsa vardʰayanttpCA?pn«√vṛdʰ  
     abʰimātijfpa sahamānata·Amsn«√sah |
     somanmsn (sadʰaa-stʰajms)nnsa āp asadatvp·Aa3s«√sad 



15. Making our vital power stronger,
    prevailing over plotting enemies,
    Soma settled in the meeting place [of deva-s].
------



ā́ no mitrāvaruṇā gʰṛtaírgávyūtimukṣatam |
mádʰvā rájāṃsi sukratū || 16||



16. āp vayamr1mpg (mitraNmd-varuṇaNmd)Nmdv  
     gʰṛtannpi (gonfs-yūtinfs)nfsa ukṣatamvp·Ao2d«√ukṣ |
     madʰunnsi rajasnnpa sukratujmdv 



16. O Mitra--Varuṇa,
    sprinkle with drops of ghee here our pasture,
    with honey --- the regions, O having good designs ones!



uruśáṃsā namovṛ́dʰā mahnā́ dákṣasya rājatʰaḥ |
drā́gʰiṣṭʰābʰiḥ śucivratā || 17||



17. (urujms-śaṃsanms)jmdn (namasnns-vṛdʰjms)jmdn  
     mahannnsi dakṣanmsg rājatʰasvp·A·2d«√rāj |
     drāgʰiṣṭʰājfpi (śucijns-vratanns)jmdv 



17. You two, whose blessings are far-ranging, [who are] strengthening the reverence,
    you rule through abundance of the power of discernment
    through longest [stretches of time], O you whose mode of action is illuminating!



gṛṇānā́ jamádagninā yónāvṛtásya sīdatam |
pātáṃ sómamṛtāvṛdʰā || 18||



18. gṛṇānata·Amdn«√gṝ jamadagniNmsi  
     yoninmsl ṛtannsg sīdatamvp·Ao2d«√sad |
     pātamvp·Ao2d«√pā somanmsa (ṛtanns-vṛdʰjms)jmdv 



18. Being extolled by Jamadagni
    settle into the womb of ṛta!
    Drink soma, you two strengthening ṛta!


1 =senses
2 Savitṛ
3 lit. ``grief, pain''